455712
140
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/290
Next page
9500 Series All-In-One User's Guide
2007 www.lexmark.com
Contents
Finding information about the printer........................................15
Finding information about the printer........................................................................................................................15
Operating system notice................................................................19
Operating system notice...................................................................................................................................................19
Safety information...........................................................................20
Setting up the printer......................................................................21
Checking the box contents..............................................................................................................................................21
Understanding the parts of the printer.......................................................................................................................22
Setting up the printer on a Windows operating system.......................................................................................26
Installing the optional Tray 2...........................................................................................................................................26
Getting the printer ready to fax......................................................................................................................................28
Choosing a fax connection.......................................................................................................................................................... 28
Connecting directly to a telephone wall jack....................................................................................................................... 29
Connecting directly to a telephone wall jack in Germany............................................................................................... 30
Connecting to a telephone......................................................................................................................................................... 31
Connecting to an answering machine.................................................................................................................................... 32
Connecting to a computer with a modem............................................................................................................................ 34
Using an RJ11 adapter .................................................................................................................................................................. 35
Setting up to fax while behind a PBX ...................................................................................................................................... 38
Using a digital phone service ..................................................................................................................................................... 39
Setting the printer to use the Fax feature without a computer.....................................................................................39
Understanding the control panel..................................................................................................................................39
Using the control panel................................................................................................................................................................39
Installing another language control panel............................................................................................................................ 44
Adjusting the display for easy viewing................................................................................................................................... 45
Navigating the control panel menus....................................................................................................................................... 45
Understanding the Setup menu ...............................................................................................................................................46
Installing the printer software........................................................................................................................................47
Installing the optional XPS driver (Windows Vista users only)............................................................................47
Understanding the printer software.............................................................................................................................48
Turning printing voice notification on or off.............................................................................................................49
Security Information...........................................................................................................................................................49
Connecting the printer to a network...........................................50
Networking overview.........................................................................................................................................................50
Contents
3
Common home network configurations....................................................................................................................50
Networking the printer......................................................................................................................................................52
Setting up the printer........................................................................................................................................................53
Understanding the Network Setup menu..................................................................................................................54
General networking information...................................................................................................................................55
Assigning an IP address................................................................................................................................................................55
Configure IP address...................................................................................................................................................................... 56
Finding IP addresses...................................................................................................................................................................... 56
Finding the MAC address............................................................................................................................................................. 56
Printing a network setup page .................................................................................................................................................. 57
Installing the printer on additional network computers..................................................................................................57
Finding a printer/print server located on remote subnets..............................................................................................58
Wireless networking...........................................................................................................................................................58
Types of wireless networks ......................................................................................................................................................... 58
Information you will need to set up the printer on a wireless network...................................................................... 59
Installing the printer on a wireless network.......................................................................................................................... 59
Interpreting the colors of the Wi-Fi indicator light............................................................................................................. 60
Changing wireless settings after installation (Windows users only)............................................................................ 61
Finding the signal strength.........................................................................................................................................................61
Why do I need an installation cable?.......................................................................................................................................61
Wired networking................................................................................................................................................................61
Installing the printer on a wired (Ethernet) network......................................................................................................... 61
Tips for using network adapters................................................................................................................................................ 62
Advanced wireless setup..................................................................................................................................................62
Creating an ad hoc wireless network using Windows ...................................................................................................... 62
Adding a printer to an existing ad hoc wireless network using Windows................................................................. 64
Switching between connections...................................................................................................................................64
Switching between a wireless network connection and a wired (Ethernet) network connection................... 64
Switching between a USB connection and a wireless network connection.............................................................65
Switching between a USB connection and a wired (Ethernet) network connection.............................................66
Connecting the printer directly to the computer....................................................................................................67
Connecting the printer directly to the computer with a USB cable............................................................................. 67
Sharing a printer in a Windows environment ...................................................................................................................... 68
Configuring a network printer manually....................................................................................................................69
Resetting the internal print server to factory default settings............................................................................69
Loading paper and original documents......................................70
Loading various paper types in Tray 1.........................................................................................................................70
Loading paper in Tray 1................................................................................................................................................................70
Paper capacities for Tray 1...........................................................................................................................................................73
Loading envelopes or 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in.) photo paper in Tray 1 ..............................................................................74
Loading labels in Tray 1................................................................................................................................................................ 77
Contents
4
Loading cards in Tray 1.................................................................................................................................................................77
Loading transparencies in Tray 1.............................................................................................................................................. 78
Loading iron-on transfers in Tray 1 ..........................................................................................................................................78
Loading custom-size paper in Tray 1.......................................................................................................................................78
Loading banner paper in Tray 1 ................................................................................................................................................ 79
Using the small media feeder.........................................................................................................................................79
Using the automatic paper type sensor......................................................................................................................80
Loading the optional Tray 2.............................................................................................................................................80
Understanding and using tray linking.........................................................................................................................83
Paper capacities for the optional Tray 2......................................................................................................................84
Understanding the Paper Handling menu.................................................................................................................85
Loading original documents on the scanner glass.................................................................................................86
Loading original documents into the Automatic Document Feeder...............................................................88
Printing...............................................................................................90
Printing basic documents.................................................................................................................................................90
Printing a document......................................................................................................................................................................90
Using the Printing Preferences tabs.........................................................................................................................................90
Printing a Web page...................................................................................................................................................................... 91
Printing photos or images from a Web page ....................................................................................................................... 91
Printing multiple copies of a document.................................................................................................................................92
Printing collated copies................................................................................................................................................................93
Printing the last page first (reverse page order).................................................................................................................. 94
Printing multiple pages on one sheet..................................................................................................................................... 94
Printing using watermarks .......................................................................................................................................................... 95
Printing document files from a memory card or flash drive...........................................................................................95
Pausing print jobs........................................................................................................................................................................... 96
Canceling print jobs.......................................................................................................................................................................96
Printing specialty documents.........................................................................................................................................96
Choosing compatible specialty paper types ........................................................................................................................96
Printing envelopes .........................................................................................................................................................................97
Printing cards ................................................................................................................................................................................... 97
Printing a document as a poster ............................................................................................................................................... 97
Printing an image as a poster..................................................................................................................................................... 98
Printing a booklet...........................................................................................................................................................................98
Assembling a booklet.................................................................................................................................................................... 99
Printing on custom-size paper................................................................................................................................................... 99
Printing iron-on transfers...........................................................................................................................................................100
Printing transparencies...............................................................................................................................................................100
Printing a banner ..........................................................................................................................................................................100
Printing on both sides of the paper (duplexing)...................................................................................................102
Understanding the two-sided printing function...............................................................................................................102
Contents
5
Printing on both sides of the paper (duplexing) automatically...................................................................................103
Printing on both sides of the paper (duplexing) manually ...........................................................................................104
Changing printer settings..............................................................................................................................................105
Saving and deleting print settings .........................................................................................................................................105
Understanding the Printer Default Settings menu ..........................................................................................................105
Resetting printer software to factory default settings ....................................................................................................106
Understanding the Print Files Options menu.....................................................................................................................107
Resetting factory default settings...........................................................................................................................................107
Saving settings...............................................................................................................................................................................108
Printing using Bluetooth technology........................................................................................................................108
Inserting a Bluetooth adapter..................................................................................................................................................108
Setting the Bluetooth mode.....................................................................................................................................................109
Printing using Bluetooth............................................................................................................................................................110
Understanding the Bluetooth Default Settings menu....................................................................................................111
Working with photos.....................................................................112
Retrieving and managing photos...............................................................................................................................112
Inserting a memory card............................................................................................................................................................112
Inserting a flash drive..................................................................................................................................................................113
Understanding the Photo Card Mode menu......................................................................................................................114
Understanding the PictBridge Default Print Settings menu.........................................................................................115
Understanding the Photo Default Settings menu............................................................................................................115
Transferring photos from a memory device to the computer using the control panel......................................116
Transferring all photos from a memory card using the computer .............................................................................116
Transferring selected photos from a memory card using the computer.................................................................117
Transferring selected photos from a CD or flash drive using the computer...........................................................117
Transferring photos from a memory card to a flash drive.............................................................................................118
Changing the Productivity Studio temporary files preferences..................................................................................118
Changing the Productivity Studio searched folders preferences...............................................................................119
Changing the Productivity Studio library preferences ...................................................................................................119
Changing the Productivity Studio transfer settings.........................................................................................................119
Editing photos....................................................................................................................................................................119
Editing photos using the control panel................................................................................................................................119
Understanding the Photo Edit Mode menu........................................................................................................................120
Cropping a photo .........................................................................................................................................................................121
Rotating a photo...........................................................................................................................................................................121
Changing the Resolution / Size of a photo..........................................................................................................................121
Applying One-Click Auto Fixes to a photo ..........................................................................................................................122
Reducing the red-eye effect in a photo................................................................................................................................122
Blurring/Sharpening a photo ...................................................................................................................................................122
Enhancing a photo.......................................................................................................................................................................123
Enhancing photo print quality using Printing Preferences...........................................................................................123
Changing the Hue / Saturation of a photo..........................................................................................................................124
Changing the Gamma Value of a photo or image............................................................................................................124
Contents
6
Despeckling a photo....................................................................................................................................................................124
Changing the Brightness / Contrast settings of a photo................................................................................................124
Applying a color effect to a photo..........................................................................................................................................125
Changing the Exposure setting of a photo.........................................................................................................................125
Removing wavy patterns from scanned photos, magazines, or newspapers........................................................125
Printing photos..................................................................................................................................................................126
Printing a photo or selected photos......................................................................................................................................126
Printing all photos from a memory device..........................................................................................................................126
Printing photos stored on a memory device using the proof sheet..........................................................................127
Printing photos from a PictBridge-enabled digital camera ..........................................................................................128
Printing photos from a digital camera using DPOF .........................................................................................................129
Printing photos from a CD or removable storage device using the computer......................................................130
Viewing / Printing photos from the Productivity Studio................................................................................................130
Printing Photo Packages............................................................................................................................................................131
Creating Photo Greeting Cards................................................................................................................................................131
Creating a slideshow........................................................................................................................................................132
Creating and viewing a slideshow..........................................................................................................................................132
Viewing a slideshow of photos on the control panel display.......................................................................................132
Copying.............................................................................................133
Making a copy....................................................................................................................................................................133
Understanding the Copy Mode menu......................................................................................................................133
Changing the default copy settings...........................................................................................................................134
Making a color or black-and-white copy..................................................................................................................135
Copying on both sides of the paper (duplexing)..................................................................................................135
Copying photos.................................................................................................................................................................136
Copying a photo using the computer.......................................................................................................................136
Adjusting copy quality....................................................................................................................................................137
Making a copy lighter or darker...................................................................................................................................138
Collating copies using the control panel..................................................................................................................138
Repeating an image on one page...............................................................................................................................139
Copying multiple pages on one sheet (N-Up)........................................................................................................140
Enlarging or reducing an image..................................................................................................................................140
Canceling a copy job........................................................................................................................................................141
Scanning...........................................................................................142
Scanning a document.....................................................................................................................................................142
Understanding the Scan Mode menu.......................................................................................................................142
Changing the default scan settings............................................................................................................................143
Scanning a document using the computer.............................................................................................................144
Contents
7
Scanning text for editing................................................................................................................................................144
Scanning images for editing.........................................................................................................................................144
Scanning a photo to Work with Documents and Photos...................................................................................145
Scanning multiple photos at one time using the computer.............................................................................145
Scanning in color or black and white.........................................................................................................................146
Creating a PDF from a scanned item.........................................................................................................................146
Canceling a scan job........................................................................................................................................................147
Customizing scan settings using the computer....................................................................................................147
Scanning to a computer over a network using the control panel..................................................................147
Saving a scanned image on the computer..............................................................................................................148
Scanning clear images from magazines or newspapers.....................................................................................149
Changing the Productivity Studio scan settings...................................................................................................149
Adding a file to an e-mail message............................................................................................................................149
Adding a new scanned image to an e-mail message..........................................................................................150
Scanning documents or images for e-mailing.......................................................................................................150
Changing the Productivity Studio e-mail screen preferences..........................................................................150
Faxing using the control panel...................................................152
Sending a fax using the control panel.......................................................................................................................152
Sending a fax using the control panel ..................................................................................................................................152
Entering a fax number ................................................................................................................................................................152
Sending a fax while listening to a call (On Hook Dial).....................................................................................................154
Sending a broadcast fax at a scheduled time.....................................................................................................................155
Receiving a fax using the control panel....................................................................................................................156
Receiving a fax manually............................................................................................................................................................156
Receiving a fax automatically...................................................................................................................................................156
Setting Auto Answer to On .......................................................................................................................................................156
Using Caller ID from the control panel .................................................................................................................................157
Receiving a fax with an answering machine.......................................................................................................................157
Forwarding faxes ..........................................................................................................................................................................158
Printing a fax on both sides of the paper.............................................................................................................................158
Customizing dial settings using the control panel...............................................................................................159
Understanding the Fax Mode menu......................................................................................................................................159
Understanding the Fax Setup menu .....................................................................................................................................159
Using the control panel phone book ....................................................................................................................................163
Setting up a dialing prefix .........................................................................................................................................................164
Setting the distinctive ring........................................................................................................................................................164
Setting up to fax while behind a PBX ....................................................................................................................................165
Setting the number of rings before receiving a fax automatically.............................................................................165
Managing faxes using the control panel..................................................................................................................166
Contents
8
Setting up a fax footer ................................................................................................................................................................166
Creating a fax cover page using the control panel ..........................................................................................................166
Printing fax activity reports.......................................................................................................................................................166
Printing the Fax Settings List....................................................................................................................................................167
Blocking unwanted changes to fax settings.......................................................................................................................167
Blocking junk faxes.......................................................................................................................................................................167
Faxing using the computer..........................................................169
Sending a fax using the computer..............................................................................................................................169
Sending a fax using the software............................................................................................................................................169
Sending and managing faxes using the Fax Solutions Software ................................................................................169
Receiving a fax using the computer...........................................................................................................................170
Receiving a fax automatically...................................................................................................................................................170
Setting a fax manual answer code..........................................................................................................................................171
Using Caller ID from the software...........................................................................................................................................171
Forwarding faxes ..........................................................................................................................................................................172
Customizing dial settings using the computer......................................................................................................172
Using the computer phone book ...........................................................................................................................................172
Adding a contact to a phone book ........................................................................................................................................173
Setting up a dialing prefix .........................................................................................................................................................173
Setting the distinctive ring........................................................................................................................................................173
Setting the number of rings before receiving a fax automatically.............................................................................174
Setting up Speed Dial..................................................................................................................................................................174
Managing faxes using the computer.........................................................................................................................175
Customizing settings using the Fax Setup Utility.............................................................................................................175
Changing user information on a fax cover page...............................................................................................................177
Printing fax activity reports.......................................................................................................................................................177
Blocking junk faxes.......................................................................................................................................................................177
Maintaining the printer.................................................................178
Understanding the Maintenance menu...................................................................................................................178
Installing print cartridges...............................................................................................................................................178
Removing a used print cartridge.................................................................................................................................180
Refilling print cartridges.................................................................................................................................................180
Using genuine Lexmark print cartridges..................................................................................................................180
Improving print quality...................................................................................................................................................181
Aligning print cartridges................................................................................................................................................181
Cleaning the print cartridge nozzles..........................................................................................................................182
Wiping the print cartridge nozzles and contacts..................................................................................................182
Preserving the print cartridges....................................................................................................................................183
Removing the printer from the Tray 2 base............................................................................................................184
Contents
9
Cleaning the scanner glass............................................................................................................................................184
Cleaning the exterior of the printer............................................................................................................................184
Ordering supplies..............................................................................................................................................................185
Ordering print cartridges...........................................................................................................................................................185
Ordering paper and other supplies........................................................................................................................................185
Troubleshooting.............................................................................187
Setup troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................................187
Incorrect language appears on the display.........................................................................................................................187
Power button is not lit ................................................................................................................................................................187
Software does not install............................................................................................................................................................188
Page does not print......................................................................................................................................................................189
Solving printer communication problems..........................................................................................................................191
Understanding Warning levels ................................................................................................................................................191
Removing and reinstalling the software..............................................................................................................................191
Enabling the USB port.................................................................................................................................................................192
Checking the port setting..........................................................................................................................................................192
Tray 2 does not operate correctly...........................................................................................................................................192
Network troubleshooting..............................................................................................................................................193
Wireless network troubleshooting.........................................................................................................................................193
General network troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................197
Checking printer ports................................................................................................................................................................200
Checking your network name..................................................................................................................................................200
Ping the access point...................................................................................................................................................................201
Ping the printer..............................................................................................................................................................................201
Run the Wireless Configuration Utility..................................................................................................................................202
Print troubleshooting......................................................................................................................................................203
Partial 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm) photo prints when using a PictBridge-enabled digital camera............................203
Improving print quality ..............................................................................................................................................................203
Poor text and graphic quality...................................................................................................................................................204
Poor quality at the edges of the page...................................................................................................................................205
Print speed is slow........................................................................................................................................................................206
Ink smudges during automatic two-sided printing.........................................................................................................207
Partial document or photo prints...........................................................................................................................................207
Photo smudges or scratches.....................................................................................................................................................208
Checking the print cartridges...................................................................................................................................................208
Ink levels seem incorrect............................................................................................................................................................208
Ink levels seem to go down too quickly ...............................................................................................................................209
A blank or incorrect page prints..............................................................................................................................................209
Characters on printout are missing or unexpected .........................................................................................................209
Colors on printout are faded or differ from colors on the screen ...............................................................................210
Glossy photo paper or transparencies stick together .....................................................................................................210
Page prints with different fonts...............................................................................................................................................211
Contents
10
Print is too dark or smudged....................................................................................................................................................211
Printed characters are improperly formed or are not aligned correctly...................................................................211
Printouts have alternating bands of light and dark print...............................................................................................212
Transparencies or photos contain white lines ...................................................................................................................212
Vertical straight lines are not smooth ...................................................................................................................................213
White lines appear in graphics or solid black areas .........................................................................................................214
Checking the printer status.......................................................................................................................................................214
Settings are not saved.................................................................................................................................................................215
Checking printer readiness .......................................................................................................................................................215
Resolving font problems............................................................................................................................................................216
Printer is busy printing another job.......................................................................................................................................216
Ready or Busy Printing is listed as the status......................................................................................................................216
Printing a test page......................................................................................................................................................................217
Test page does not print............................................................................................................................................................217
External print server is not working.......................................................................................................................................218
Removing an external print server.........................................................................................................................................218
Cable is not connected, is loose, or is damaged................................................................................................................218
Printer is plugged in but does not print...............................................................................................................................219
Printer is trying to print to File.................................................................................................................................................219
Printer cannot communicate with computers over peer-to-peer network ............................................................219
Printer is not able to communicate with the computer.................................................................................................221
Problems when copying, scanning, or faxing ....................................................................................................................221
Wrong printer is attached..........................................................................................................................................................221
Updating the printer software.................................................................................................................................................222
Bidirectional communication is not established...............................................................................................................222
Experiencing poor quality or incorrect output..................................................................................................................222
Cannot print from digital camera using PictBridge .........................................................................................................223
Cannot print from a Bluetooth-enabled device ................................................................................................................223
Jams and misfeeds troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................224
How to clear and avoid paper jams........................................................................................................................................224
Duplex unit does not operate correctly................................................................................................................................225
Unsupported Paper Size / Unsupported Paper Type ......................................................................................................225
Printing Manual Duplex..............................................................................................................................................................225
Paper jam in the printer..............................................................................................................................................................226
Paper jam in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).....................................................................................................226
Paper or specialty media misfeeds.........................................................................................................................................227
Printer does not feed paper, envelopes, or specialty media.........................................................................................228
Banner paper jams .......................................................................................................................................................................229
Paper continues to jam...............................................................................................................................................................229
Paper jam in the duplex unit ....................................................................................................................................................230
Paper jam in Tray 1 or optional Tray 2...................................................................................................................................231
Paper jam in the small media feeder.....................................................................................................................................232
Memory card troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................233
Memory card cannot be inserted............................................................................................................................................233
Contents
11
Nothing happens when memory card is inserted............................................................................................................233
Cannot print documents from a memory card or flash drive.......................................................................................234
Copy troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................................235
Copier does not respond ...........................................................................................................................................................235
Scanner unit does not close......................................................................................................................................................235
Poor copy quality..........................................................................................................................................................................235
Copied item does not match the original item..................................................................................................................236
Partial document or photo copies..........................................................................................................................................236
Scan troubleshooting......................................................................................................................................................237
Scanner does not respond ........................................................................................................................................................237
Scan was not successful .............................................................................................................................................................237
Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer............................................................................................................238
Poor scanned image quality .....................................................................................................................................................238
Partial document or photo scans............................................................................................................................................239
Cannot scan to a computer over a network........................................................................................................................239
Fax troubleshooting.........................................................................................................................................................239
Cannot send or receive a fax.....................................................................................................................................................239
Can send but not receive faxes................................................................................................................................................241
Can receive but not send faxes................................................................................................................................................242
Printer receives a blank fax........................................................................................................................................................243
Received fax has poor print quality........................................................................................................................................244
Caller ID information is not displayed...................................................................................................................................245
Fax Error ...........................................................................................................................................................................................245
Remote Fax Error...........................................................................................................................................................................245
Phone Line Busy............................................................................................................................................................................246
Phone Line Error............................................................................................................................................................................247
Failed to Connect..........................................................................................................................................................................247
Unsupported Paper Size.............................................................................................................................................................248
Unsupported Fax Mode .............................................................................................................................................................248
No Answer.......................................................................................................................................................................................249
Conversion error ...........................................................................................................................................................................249
Conversion Failed.........................................................................................................................................................................250
Error messages on the printer display.......................................................................................................................250
Alignment Error.............................................................................................................................................................................250
Cartridge Error (1102, 1203, 1204, or 120F).........................................................................................................................251
Black Ink Low / Color Ink Low / Photo Ink Low ..................................................................................................................251
Clear Carrier Jam ...........................................................................................................................................................................252
Cover Open.....................................................................................................................................................................................252
Error 1104 ........................................................................................................................................................................................252
Left Cartridge Error / Right Cartridge Error..........................................................................................................................252
Left Cartridge Incorrect / Right Cartridge Incorrect.........................................................................................................253
Left Cartridge Missing / Right Cartridge Missing ..............................................................................................................253
Memory Failure..............................................................................................................................................................................253
Could not detect a proof sheet................................................................................................................................................254
Contents
12
No proof sheet information ......................................................................................................................................................254
No valid photo image files detected .....................................................................................................................................254
Paper Size/Type error..................................................................................................................................................................254
Paper or Photo Size error ...........................................................................................................................................................254
PictBridge Communication Error............................................................................................................................................254
Please remove the camera card. .............................................................................................................................................255
Some photos removed from card by host...........................................................................................................................255
There is a problem reading the memory card....................................................................................................................255
Paper Load Error............................................................................................................................................................................255
Paper Tray Removed....................................................................................................................................................................255
Printer Carrier Stall .......................................................................................................................................................................255
Proof Sheet Error...........................................................................................................................................................................255
Paper Mismatch.............................................................................................................................................................................256
Error messages on the computer screen..................................................................................................................256
Clearing error messages.............................................................................................................................................................256
Left/Right Cartridge Missing.....................................................................................................................................................257
Communication not available..................................................................................................................................................257
General Printing Problem..........................................................................................................................................................257
Ink Low .............................................................................................................................................................................................257
Out of Memory...............................................................................................................................................................................258
Fixing a printing failure...............................................................................................................................................................258
Unsupported file types found on memory card................................................................................................................258
Paper Jam ........................................................................................................................................................................................258
Multiple All-In-Ones found........................................................................................................................................................258
Print File Error.................................................................................................................................................................................259
Paper Out.........................................................................................................................................................................................259
Invalid Device.................................................................................................................................................................................259
No TWAIN detected .....................................................................................................................................................................259
Select TWAIN driver .....................................................................................................................................................................260
Fax Solutions Software print driver not installed..............................................................................................................260
Notices..............................................................................................261
Product information.........................................................................................................................................................261
Edition notice.....................................................................................................................................................................261
European EC directives conformity statement for radio products.................................................................264
Power consumption.........................................................................................................................................................270
Networking glossary.....................................................................277
Index.................................................................................................279
Contents
13
14
Finding information about the printer
Finding information about the printer
Quick Setup
sheet
Description Where to find
The Quick Setup sheet gives you instructions for
setting up hardware and software.
You can find this document in the printer box or on the
Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com.
Getting Started Guide
Description Where to find
The Getting Started Guide gives you instructions for
setting up the printer and some basic instructions for
using the printer.
You can find this document in the printer box or on the
Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com.
Finding information about the printer
15
User's Guide
Description Where to find
The User's Guide gives you instructions for using the
printer and other information such as:
Using the software (on Windows operating systems)
Loading paper
Printing
Working with photos
Scanning (if supported by your printer)
Making copies (if supported by your printer)
Faxing (if supported by your printer)
Maintaining the printer
Connecting the printer to a network (if supported by
your printer)
Troubleshooting problems with printing, copying,
scanning, faxing, paper jams, and misfeeds
Note: If your printer supports Macintosh operating
systems, see the User's Guide for Macintosh users on the
User's Guide CD. You can also see the Mac Help:
1 From the Finder desktop, double-click the Lexmark
9500 Series folder.
2 Double-click the printer Help icon.
When you install the printer software, the help version
of the User's Guide will be installed.
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500
Series.
3 Click User's Guide.
If you are unable to access the User's Guide using the
previous steps, follow these instructions:
1 Insert the installation software CD for Windows.
The installation screen appears.
Note: If necessary, click
All Programs Run.
In Windows XP and earlier versions, click Start
Run, and then type D:\setup, where D is the letter
of your CD-ROM drive.
2 Click Documentation.
3 Click View User's Guide (includes Setup
Troubleshooting).
4 Click Yes.
The User's Guide appears on the screen.
A printable version of the User's Guide can be found on
the User's Guide CD that came in the printer box. You can
also find this document on the Lexmark Web site at
www.lexmark.com.
Lexmark Solution Center
Description Where to find
The Lexmark Solution Center software is included on
your CD. It installs with the other software, if your
printer connects to a computer.
To access the Lexmark Solution Center:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500
Series.
3 Select Lexmark Solution Center.
Finding information about the printer
16
Customer support
Description Where to find (North America) Where to find (rest of world)
Telephone support
Call us at
US: 1-800-332-4120
Monday–Friday (8:00 AM–11:00 PM ET)
Saturday (Noon–6:00 PM ET)
Canada: 1-800-539-6275
English Monday–Friday (8:00 AM–
11:00 PM ET)
Saturday (Noon–6:00 PM ET)
French Monday–Friday (9:00 AM–7:00 PM
ET)
Mexico: 01-800-253-9627
Monday–Friday (8:00 AM–8:00 PM ET)
Note: Support numbers and times may
change without notice. For the most recent
phone numbers available, see the printed
warranty statement that shipped with your
printer.
Telephone numbers and support hours vary
by country or region.
Visit our Web site at www.lexmark.com.
Select a country or region, and then select the
Customer Support link.
Note: For additional information about
contacting Lexmark, see the printed warranty
that shipped with your printer.
E-mail support
For e-mail support, visit our Web site:
www.lexmark.com.
1 Click CUSTOMER SUPPORT.
2 Click Technical Support.
3 Select your printer family.
4 Select your printer model.
5 From the Support Tools section, click e-
Mail Support.
6 Complete the form, and then click
Submit Request.
E-mail support varies by country or region,
and may not be available in some instances.
Visit our Web site at www.lexmark.com.
Select a country or region, and then select the
Customer Support link.
Note: For additional information about
contacting Lexmark, see the printed warranty
that shipped with your printer.
Finding information about the printer
17
Limited Warranty
Description Where to find (US) Where to find (rest of world)
Limited Warranty Information
Lexmark International, Inc.
furnishes a limited warranty that
this printer will be free of defects in
materials and workmanship for a
period of 12 months after the
original date of purchase.
To view the limitations and conditions of
this limited warranty, see the Statement of
Limited Warranty included with this
printer, or set forth at
www.lexmark.com.
1 Click CUSTOMER SUPPORT.
2 Click Warranty Information.
3 From the Statement of Limited
Warranty section, click Inkjet &
All-In-One Printers.
4 Scroll through the Web page to view
the warranty.
Warranty information varies by
country or region. See the printed
warranty that shipped with your
printer.
Record the following information (located on the store receipt and the back of the printer), and have it ready when
you contact us so that we may serve you faster:
Machine Type number
Serial number
Date purchased
Store where purchased
Finding information about the printer
18
Operating system notice
Operating system notice
All features and functions are operating system-dependent. For complete descriptions:
Windows users—See the User's Guide.
Macintosh users—If your product supports Macintosh, see the Mac Help installed with the printer software.
Operating system notice
19
Safety information
Use only the power supply and power supply cord provided with this product or the manufacturer's authorized
replacement power supply and power supply cord.
Connect the power supply cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily accessible.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: Do not twist, bind, crush, or place heavy objects on the power cord. Do not
subject the power cord to abrasion or stress. Do not pinch the power cord between objects such as furniture
and walls. If the power cord is misused, a risk of fire or electrical shock results. Inspect the power cord regularly
for signs of misuse. Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet before inspecting it.
Refer service or repairs, other than those described in the user documentation, to a professional service person.
This product is designed, tested, and approved to meet strict global safety standards with the use of specific Lexmark
components. The safety features of some parts may not always be obvious. Lexmark is not responsible for the use of
other replacement parts.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: Do not use the fax feature during a lightning storm. Do not set up this product
or make any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power supply cord or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
Safety information
20
Setting up the printer
Checking the box contents
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
9
Name Description
1
Black print cartridge Cartridges to be installed into the printer.
Note: Cartridge combinations vary depending on the
product purchased.
2
Color print cartridge
3
Telephone cord Use for faxing. For more information about connecting
this cord, see “Choosing a fax connection” on
page 28. Your telephone cord may look different from
the one shown.
4
Power cord Attaches to the power supply port located at the back
of the printer.
Note: Your power cord may look different from the one
shown.
5
Installation cable Connects the printer to the computer temporarily
during some methods of installation.
6
Quick Setup sheet Initial setup directions
7
Getting Started Guide Printed booklet that serves as a guide.
Note: Complete user information can be found in
printable format on the User's Guide CD.
Setting up the printer
21
Name Description
8
Installation software CDs for Windows and
Macintosh
Installation software for the printer
Electronic User's Guide with Help for Windows and
Macintosh
9
User's Guide CD Comprehensive User's Guides for Windows and
Macintosh users in printable format
Understanding the parts of the printer
1
2
3
5
7
8
9
4
10
6
11
Use the To
1
Top cover Access the scanner glass.
2
Scanner glass Copy, scan, fax, or remove an item.
3
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) Copy, scan, or fax multiple-page letter-, legal-, and A4-size
documents.
4
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) tray Load original documents in the ADF for copying,
scanning, or faxing multiple-page documents quickly.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, or thin
media (such as magazine clippings) into the ADF. Place
these items on the scanner glass.
5
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) paper guide Keep paper straight when feeding into the ADF.
6
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) output tray Hold documents as they exit from the ADF.
7
Memory card slots and PictBridge port Insert a memory card and connect a PictBridge-enabled
digital camera or a flash drive to the printer.
Setting up the printer
22
Use the To
8
Control panel Operate the printer.
For more information, see “Using the control panel” on
page 39.
9
Paper exit tray Hold paper as it exits.
10
Paper tray (Tray 1) Load paper. Printed paper exits on top of Tray 1.
11
Small media feeder Load envelopes, 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in.) photo paper, and
other small card sizes.
MS
XD
SD/MM
C
CF/MD
PictB
r
idge
3
1
2
Slots
1
High Capacity Secure Digital (with adapter)
Memory Stick
Memory Stick PRO
Memory Stick Duo (with adapter)
Memory Stick PRO Duo (with adapter)
Micro Secure Digital (with adapter) (Micro SD)
Mini Secure Digital (with adapter) (Mini SD)
MultiMedia card (MMC)
MultiMedia Card mobile (with adapter) (MMCmobile)
Reduced Size MultiMedia Card (with adapter) (RS-MMC)
Secure Digital (SD)
xD-Picture Card
xD-Picture Card (Type H)
xD-Picture Card (Type M)
2
Compact Flash Type I and Type II
Microdrive
3
PictBridge port for connecting a PictBridge-enabled digital camera, a flash drive, or a Bluetooth adapter to
the printer
Setting up the printer
23
If you purchased and installed the optional Tray 2, your fully assembled printer appears as follows with the parts
identified.
1
2
1
Tray 2 base
2
Optional Tray 2
Setting up the printer
24
3
4
6
8
1
2
7
5
9
Use the To
1
Scanner unit Access the print cartridges.
2
Print cartridge carrier Install, replace, or remove a print cartridge.
3
Ethernet port Connect your computer to another computer, a local network, an external
DSL, or cable modem.
4
LINE port Connect the printer to an active telephone line to send and receive faxes. The
printer must be connected to a telephone line to receive incoming fax calls.
Note: Do not connect additional devices to the LINE port, and do not connect
a DSL (digital subscriber line), ISDN (integrated services digital network), or
cable modem to the printer.
5
EXT port Connect additional devices, such as a data/fax modem, telephone, or
answering machine, to the printer. This connection method may not be
available in all countries or regions.
Note: Remove the plug to access the port.
6
USB port Connect the printer to a computer using a USB cable.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch the USB port except when
plugging in or removing a USB cable or installation cable.
7
Duplex unit
Print on both sides of the paper automatically.
Pull out to remove paper jams in the duplex unit.
8
Power supply with port Connect the printer to a power source. Plug the power cord into the power
supply at the back of the printer and then into the wall outlet.
9
Internal wireless print server Communicate with other devices on a wireless network.
Setting up the printer
25
Setting up the printer on a Windows operating system
1 Before you unpack the printer or attach anything, locate the CD for Windows.
2 Make sure the computer is on, and then insert the CD for Windows.
Wait several seconds for the install screen to appear.
Note: If the install screen does not appear automatically, click Start Run, and then type D:\setup.exe, where
D is the letter of your CD-ROM drive.
3 Follow the instructions on the computer screen to set up the printer.
Your security software may notify you that Lexmark software is trying to communicate with your computer system.
Always allow these programs to communicate. This is necessary for the printer to work properly.
Installing the optional Tray 2
You can purchase and install an optional Tray 2 to increase the paper loading capacity of the printer.
Setting up the printer
26
1
2
1
Tray 2 base
2
Tray 2
Note: Decide on a location to set the Tray 2 base. The printer will be placed on top of it, so allow enough space.
1 Make sure the printer is turned off and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
2 Remove Tray 2 from its packaging.
3 Remove any packaging tape from the base and tray.
4 Grasp the printer by its handholds to lift it.
5 Align the printer above the base.
Setting up the printer
27
6 Set the printer on top of the base.
Getting the printer ready to fax
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: Do not use the fax feature during a lightning storm. Do not set up this product
or make any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power supply cord or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
Choosing a fax connection
You can connect the printer with equipment such as a telephone, an answering machine, or a computer modem. If
problems occur, see the topics listed under “Setup troubleshooting” in the “Troubleshooting” chapter.
Notes:
The printer is an analog device that works best when directly connected to the wall jack.
Other devices (such as a telephone or answering machine) can be successfully attached to pass through the
printer, as described in the setup steps.
If you want a digital connection such as ISDN, DSL, or ADSL, a third-party device (such as a DSL filter) is required.
For more information, see “Using a digital phone service” on page 39.
You do not need to attach the printer to a computer, but you do need to connect it to a telephone line to send and
receive faxes.
You can connect the printer to other equipment. See the following table to determine the best way to set up the
printer.
Equipment Benefits See this section
The printer
A telephone cord
A telephone wall
jack
Use the fax line as a normal
telephone line.
Send and receive faxes
without using a computer.
For more information, see “Connecting directly to a
telephone wall jack” on page 29.
Setting up the printer
28
Equipment Benefits See this section
The printer
An answering
machine
Two telephone
cords
A telephone wall
jack
Use the fax line as a normal
telephone line.
Send and receive faxes
without using a computer.
Receive incoming voice
messages.
For more information, see “Connecting to an answering
machine” on page 32.
The printer
A computer
modem
Two telephone
cords
A telephone wall
jack
Use the fax line as a normal
telephone line.
Send and receive faxes
without using a computer.
Send faxes using the
computer.
For more information, see “Connecting to a computer with
a modem” on page 34.
Connecting directly to a telephone wall jack
Connect the printer directly to a telephone wall jack to make copies or to send and receive faxes without using a
computer.
1 Make sure you have a telephone cord and a telephone wall jack.
2 Connect one end of the telephone cord into the LINE port of the printer.
3 Connect the other end of the telephone cord into an active telephone wall jack.
Setting up the printer
29
Connecting directly to a telephone wall jack in Germany
Connect the printer directly to a telephone wall jack to send and receive faxes without using a computer.
1 Make sure you have a telephone cord (provided with the product) and a telephone wall jack.
2 Connect one end of the telephone cord into the LINE port of the printer.
3 Connect the other end of the telephone cord into the N slot of an active telephone wall jack.
4 If you would like to use the same line for both fax and telephone communication, connect a second telephone
line (not provided) between the telephone and the F slot of an active telephone wall jack.
Setting up the printer
30
5 If you would like to use the same line for recording messages on your answering machine, connect a second
telephone line (not provided) between the answering machine and the other N slot of the telephone wall jack.
Connecting to a telephone
Connect a telephone to the printer to use the fax line as a normal telephone line. Then set up the printer wherever
your telephone is located to make copies or to send and receive faxes without using a computer.
Note: Setup steps may vary depending on your country or region. For more information on connecting the printer
to telecommunications equipment, see “Using an RJ11 adapter” on page 35.
1 Make sure you have the following:
A telephone
Two telephone cords
A telephone wall jack
2 Connect one telephone cord to the LINE port of the printer, and then plug it into an active telephone wall jack.
Setting up the printer
31
3 Remove the protective plug from the EXT port of the printer.
4 Connect the other telephone cord to a telephone, and then plug it into the EXT port of the printer.
Connecting to an answering machine
Connect an answering machine to the printer to receive both incoming voice messages and faxes.
Note: Setup steps may vary depending on your country or region. For more information on connecting the printer
to telecommunications equipment, see “Using an RJ11 adapter” on page 35.
1 Make sure you have the following:
A telephone
An answering machine
Three telephone cords
A telephone wall jack
Setting up the printer
32
2 Connect one telephone cord into the LINE port of the printer, and then plug it into an active telephone wall
jack.
3 Remove the protective plug from the EXT port of the printer.
4 Connect a second telephone cord from the telephone to the answering machine.
5 Connect a third telephone cord from the answering machine to the EXT port of the printer.
Setting up the printer
33
Connecting to a computer with a modem
Connect the printer to a computer with a modem to send faxes from the software application.
Note: Setup steps may vary depending on your country or region. For more information on connecting the printer
to telecommunications equipment, see “Using an RJ11 adapter” on page 35.
1 Make sure you have the following:
A telephone
A computer with a modem
Two telephone cords
A telephone wall jack
2 Connect one telephone cord into the LINE port of the printer, and then plug it into an active telephone wall
jack.
3 Remove the protective plug from the EXT port of the printer.
Setting up the printer
34
4 Connect the other telephone cord from the computer modem to the EXT port of the printer.
Using an RJ11 adapter
Country/region
United Kingdom
Ireland
Finland
Norway
Denmark
Italy
Sweden
Netherlands
France
Portugal
To connect your printer to an answering machine or other telecommunications equipment, use the telephone line
adapter included in the box with the printer.
1 Connect one end of the telephone cord into the LINE port of the printer.
2 Connect the adapter to the telephone line that came with the printer.
Note: The UK adapter is shown. Your adapter may look different, but it will fit the telephone outlet used in your
location.
Setting up the printer
35
3 Connect the telephone line of your chosen telecommunications equipment to the left outlet of the adapter.
If your telecommunications equipment uses a US-style (RJ11) telephone line, follow these steps to connect the
equipment:
1 Remove the plug from the EXT port on the back of the printer.
Note: Once this plug is removed, any country- or region-specific equipment you connect to the printer by the
adapter, as shown, will not function properly.
2 Connect your telecommunications equipment directly to the EXT port on the back of the printer.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch cables or the printer in the area shown while actively sending or
receiving a fax.
Setting up the printer
36
Country/region
Saudi Arabia
United Arab Emirates
Egypt
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
Belgium
Australia
South Africa
Greece
Israel
Hungary
Poland
Romania
Russia
Slovenia
Spain
Turkey
To connect an answering machine or other telecommunications equipment to the printer:
1 Remove the plug from the EXT port on the back of the printer.
Note: Once this plug is removed, any country- or region-specific equipment that you connect to the printer by
the adapter, as shown, will not function properly.
2 Connect your telecommunications equipment directly to the EXT port on the back of the printer.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch cables or the printer in the area shown while actively sending or
receiving a fax.
Setting up the printer
37
You may use an adapter with your printer.
Country/region
Germany
Austria
Switzerland
There is a plug installed in the EXT port of the printer. This plug is necessary for the proper functioning of the printer.
Note: Do not remove the plug. If you remove it, other telecommunications devices in your home (such as telephones
or answering machines) may not work.
Setting up to fax while behind a PBX
If the printer is being used in a business or office, it may be connected to a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) telephone
system. Ordinarily, when dialing a fax number, the printer waits to recognize the dial tone and then dials the fax
number. However, this method of dialing may not work if the PBX telephone system uses a dial tone that is not
recognizable to most fax machines. The “Dialing while behind a PBX” feature enables the printer to dial the fax number
without waiting to recognize the dial tone.
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Dialing and Sending tab.
5 From the “Dialing on your phone line” area, select Behind PBX from the Dialing Method drop-down list.
6 Click OK to save the setting.
Setting up the printer
38
Using a digital phone service
The fax modem is an analog device. Certain devices can be connected to the printer so that digital telephone services
can be used.
If you are using an ISDN telephone service, connect the printer to an analog telephone port (an R-interface port)
on an ISDN terminal adapter. For more information and to request an R-interface port, contact your ISDN provider.
If you are using DSL, connect to a DSL filter or router that will support analog use. For more information, contact
your DSL provider.
If you are using a PBX telephone service, make sure you are connecting to an analog connection on the PBX. If
none exists, consider installing an analog telephone line for the fax machine. For more information on faxing
when using a PBX telephone service, see “Setting up to fax while behind a PBX” on page 38.
Setting the printer to use the Fax feature without a computer
Use this method to set up your printer for faxing when the printer is not connected to a computer or to a network.
This method is used when your printer functions as a standalone fax machine.
1 Turn the printer on.
2 Press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
4 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
7 Press .
The Dialing and Sending menu appears.
8 In the Your Fax Number field, enter your fax number using the keypad.
9 Press or repeatedly until you reach Your Fax Name.
10 Use the keypad to enter your name. Spell out a name using the numbers associated with each letter as you would
on a telephone or cell phone.
11 Press to save the information and exit.
Understanding the control panel
Using the control panel
The control panel contains:
Power on/off button
60.96 mm (2.4 inch) display capable of showing color graphics
23 buttons
Setting up the printer
39
The following diagrams explain the sections of the control panel:
3
1
2
4
Item Description
1
Check wireless status:
Off indicates that the printer is not turned on, is in
Power Saver Mode, or no wireless option is installed.
Orange indicates that the printer is ready for wireless
connection, but not connected.
Orange blinking indicates that the printer is
configured but unable to communicate with the
wireless network.
Green indicates that the printer is connected to a
wireless network.
Green blinking indicates that the printer's internal
print server is being updated.
Setting up the printer
40
Item Description
2
Display
Note: The display screen is turned off in Power
Saver Mode.
Shows:
Printer status
Messages
Menus
3
Finger groove Lets you reach under the display in order to adjust it to a
comfortable viewing position.
4
Note: The power button is lit when the printer is
on and remains lit in Power Saver Mode.
Use to:
Turn the printer on and off.
Turn the printer on from Power Saver Mode.
Turn on Power Saver Mode.
Stop the print, copy, scan, or fax process.
1
2
3
4
5
Press To
1
Move upward through a submenu listing within a menu.
In Photo mode, increase the number copies of a photo you want to print.
In Photo mode or Scan mode, move the Region of Interest box up.
2
Scroll through menus, submenus, or settings on the display.
Increase a number within the setting displayed.
In Photo mode, right scroll to the next photo.
In Photo mode or Scan mode, move the Region of Interest box to the right.
Setting up the printer
41
Press To
3
Move downward through a submenu listing within a menu.
In Photo mode, decrease the number copies of a photo you want to print.
In Photo mode or Scan mode, move the Region of Interest box down.
4
Scroll through menus, submenus, or settings on the display.
Decrease a number within the setting displayed.
In Photo mode, left scroll to the previous photo.
In Photo mode or Scan mode, move the Region of Interest box to the left.
5
Choose a menu or submenu item that appears on the display.
Save settings.
Feed or eject paper.
In Photo mode, select or deselect a photo.
1
2
3
4
Press To
1
Enter the menus.
Enter the submenu currently highlighted on the screen.
In Photo mode, access the Photo Editing Tools menu.
Note: If you are in a submenu, pressing this button has no effect.
2
Return to the previous level or screen within the menus and submenus.
Save the changes made in a submenu.
Note: You must press
to save the values you specified in the control panel menus before the
printer times out and loses any value changes you made.
3
Cancel a print, copy, scan, or fax job in progress.
Clear a fax number or end a fax transmission and return to the fax default screen.
Exit a menu or submenu, and return to the default copy, scan, fax, or photo card screen.
Clear current settings or error messages, and return to default settings.
Setting up the printer
42
Press To
4
Start a copy, scan, fax, or photo print job, depending on which mode is selected.
1
2
Press To
1
A keypad number or symbol In Copy mode or Photo mode: Enter the number of copies or prints you want
to make.
In Fax mode:
Enter fax numbers.
Navigate an automated answering system.
Select letters when creating a Speed Dial list.
Type numbers to enter or edit the date and time shown on the display.
2
In Fax mode:
Insert a three-second pause in the number to be dialed to wait for an
outside line or get through an automated answering system. Enter a pause
only when you have already begun entering the number.
Display the last number dialed. Press or to view the last five numbers
dialed.
Setting up the printer
43
Installing another language control panel
These instructions apply only if you received one or more additional language control panels with the printer.
1 Lift and remove the control panel (if one is installed).
1
2
2 Choose the correct control panel for your language.
3 Align the clips on the control panel with the holes on the printer, and then press down.
1
2
Setting up the printer
44
Adjusting the display for easy viewing
You can tilt the control panel display to adjust it for easier viewing.
1 Place your finger in the finger groove to grasp the display from its underside.
2 Rotate the display forward to a comfortable viewing position.
Navigating the control panel menus
Use the control panel buttons to enter and exit menus, perform functions, or set or change default settings.
1 Press or repeatedly until the function you want is highlighted on the control panel display.
2 Press .
The menu that matches the function you selected appears.
Within each of these menus are menu items or submenus. For instance, the Copy Mode menu has a menu item
called Color.
Within each menu item or submenu, there are choices called values. For instance, the Color menu item has
values of Color and Black & White.
Press or repeatedly to scroll through menu items or submenus.
Press or repeatedly to scroll through values.
In some menus, you can press to see a preview of the job before you start it. A job could be a print job, copy
job, fax job, or scan job. The control panel menu screen indicates when you can press
for a preview.
Before starting a job, if you want to make a change after you see the preview, press to adjust any choices
or settings for this one job. It returns you to the menu so you can make changes. For example, if you were in
the Copy Mode menu, press
for the preview. Press to return to the Copy Mode menu to make additional
changes.
Press repeatedly to return to previous menus.
Pressing
in some menus, such as the Change Default Settings menu, causes the values you selected to be
saved.
Understanding and using default settings
Saved settings are called user default settings because you, the user, selected the values and saved them. The control
panel refers to them as default settings.
Setting up the printer
45
Notes:
An asterisk (*) appears next to a default setting. You may notice this when you scroll through the values in menus.
Default settings remain in effect until you change them. To change them, access the Setup menu and select
Change Default Settings.
If you want to start a job without making any changes, press
. The job prints based on the default settings. This is
an easy and quick way to start printing any job.
Note: If you do not want to use the default settings, you can enter the menu, make different choices for the values
in the submenus, and then press
. Your job starts using the values you chose for the particular job.
Understanding the Setup menu
The Setup menu lets you set or change the default settings for the printer, and for functions such as copying, scanning,
and faxing.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 After making your choices, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
Paper Handling Set or change the default settings for the loading of paper in the paper tray
or trays. For more information, see “Understanding the Paper Handling menu”
on page 85.
Change Printer Default Settings Set or change the default settings for the printer. For more information, see
“Understanding the Printer Default Settings menu” on page 105.
Change Copy Default Settings Set or change the default copy settings. For more information, see “Changing
the default copy settings” on page 134.
Change Photo Default Settings Set or change the default photo settings. For more information, see
“Understanding the Photo Default Settings menu” on page 115.
Change Fax Default Settings Set or change the default fax settings. For more information, see
“Understanding the Fax Setup menu” on page 159.
Change Scan Default Settings Set or change the default scan settings. For more information, see “Changing
the default scan settings” on page 143.
Change Bluetooth Default Settings Set or change the default Bluetooth settings. For more information, see
“Understanding the Bluetooth Default Settings menu” on page 111.
Change PictBridge Default Settings Set or change the default settings for PictBridge printing. For more
information, see “Understanding the PictBridge Default Print Settings menu”
on page 115.
Print Fax Settings List Print a list of fax settings. The list includes settings determined by the user and
factory default settings.
Note: While this list is printing, you cannot start copy, print, fax or scan jobs
from the printer.
Network Setup Set or change the default settings for networking setup. For more information,
see “Understanding the Network Setup menu” on page 54.
Setting up the printer
46
Installing the printer software
Using the installation software CD (Windows users only)
Using the CD that came with the printer:
1 Start Windows.
2 When the desktop appears, insert the software CD.
The software installation screen appears.
3 Click Install.
Using the installation software CD (Macintosh users only)
1 Close all open software applications.
2 Insert the software CD.
3 From the Finder desktop, double-click the printer CD icon that automatically appears.
4 Double-click the Install icon.
5 Follow the instructions on the computer screen.
Using the World Wide Web
1 Go to the Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com.
2 From the home page, navigate through the menu selection, and then click Drivers & Downloads.
3 Choose the printer and the printer driver for your operating system.
4 Follow the instructions on the computer screen to download the driver and install the printer software.
Installing the optional XPS driver (Windows Vista users
only)
The XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is an optional printer driver designed to make use of the advanced XPS
color and graphics features that are available only for Windows Vista users. To use XPS features, you must install the
XPS driver as an additional driver after you install the regular printer software.
Notes:
Before installing the XPS driver, you must install the printer on your computer.
Before installing the XPS driver, you must install the Microsoft QFE Patch and extract the driver files from the
installation software CD. To install the patch, you must have administrator privileges on the computer.
To install the Microsoft QFE Patch and extract the driver:
1 Insert the installation software CD, and then click Cancel when the Setup Wizard appears.
2 Click Computer.
Setting up the printer
47
3 Double-click the CD-ROM drive icon, and then double-click Drivers.
4 Double-click xps, and then double-click setupxps file.
XPS driver files are copied to your computer, and any required Microsoft XPS files are launched. Follow the
instructions on the screen to finish installing the patch.
To install the XPS driver:
1 Click Control Panel.
2 Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer, and then click Add a Printer.
3 From the Add Printer dialog, click Add a local printer.
4 From the “Use an existing port” drop-down menu, select Virtual printer port for USB, and then click Next.
5 Click Have disk.
The Install From Disk dialog appears.
6 Click Browse, and then navigate to the XPS driver files on your computer:
a Click Computer, and then double-click (C:).
b Double-click the folder that ends in your printer model number, and then double-click Drivers.
c Double-click xps, and then click Open.
d From the Install From Disk dialog, click OK.
7 Click Next on the two additional dialogs that appear.
For more information on the XPS driver, see the XPS readme file on the installation software CD. The file is located
in the xps folder with the setupxps batch file (D:\Drivers\xps\readme).
Understanding the printer software
The software that came with your printer includes the Productivity Studio, the Solution Center, the Fax Setup Utility,
the Fax Solutions Software, and Printing Preferences.
Note: Depending on the printer you have, some of these programs may not be applicable.
Use To
The Productivity Studio displays icons to click for scanning,
faxing, copying, and e-mail.
You can open it from the desktop by double-clicking the
Productivity Studio icon.
You can also access it this way:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Select Productivity Studio.
Scan, copy, fax, e-mail, or print a photo or
document.
Transfer photos.
Make photo greeting cards.
Adjust settings for the printer.
Setting up the printer
48
Use To
The Solution Center provides ways to print photos, troubleshoot
printing problems, install print cartridges, and perform
maintenance tasks.
To access the Solution Center select Printer Status and
Maintenance on the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen.
Check ink levels, order print cartridges, and
find maintenance information.
Troubleshoot.
Use the “I Want To” menu.
Find the electronic User's Guide.
The Fax Setup Utility lets you customize the fax settings which
will apply to the faxes you send or receive.
To access the Fax Setup Utility, select Fax History and
Settings on the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen. Then click
Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
Set Ringing and Answering.
Print fax history and status reports.
Set Speed Dial and Group Dial numbers.
The Fax Solutions Software lets you to use the “I Want To” menu
and adjust how faxes are sent and received.
To access the Fax Solutions Software, select Fax History and
Settings on the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen.
Send a fax.
Access the phone book.
View sample cover pages.
Click toolbar items to send, print, or view a fax.
Printing Preferences is the software that controls the printing
function and settings.
When you have a document open, click File Print to open
Printing Preferences.
Print a document.
Select print preferences.
Print two-sided copies.
Select paper type.
Save settings.
Turning printing voice notification on or off
The printer has a voice notification feature that tells you when printing starts and when it is completed.
To turn the voice notification on or off:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 Click Advanced.
5 Click Printing Status.
6 Select or clear Play voice notification for printing events.
7 Click OK.
Security Information
Third-party applications, including anti-virus, security, and firewall programs may alert you about the printer software
being installed. For your printer to work properly, allow the printer software to run on your computer.
Setting up the printer
49
Connecting the printer to a network
Networking overview
A network is a collection of devices such as computers, printers, Ethernet hubs, wireless access points, and routers
connected together for communication through cables or through a wireless connection. A network can be wired,
wireless, or designed to have both wired and wireless devices.
Devices on a wired network use cables to communicate with each other.
Devices on a wireless network use radio waves instead of cables to communicate with each other. For a device to be
able to communicate wirelessly, it must have a wireless print server attached or installed that enables it to receive
and transmit radio waves.
Common home network configurations
For desktop computers, laptops, and printers to communicate with each other over a network, they must be
connected by cables and/or have wireless network adapters built in or installed in them.
There are different ways a network can be set up. Five common examples appear below.
Note: The printers in the following diagrams represent Lexmark printers with Lexmark internal print servers built in
or installed in them so that they can communicate over a network. Lexmark internal print servers are devices made
by Lexmark to enable Lexmark printers to be connected to wired or wireless networks.
Wired network example
A computer, a laptop, and a printer are connected by Ethernet cables to a hub, router, or switch.
The network is connected to the Internet through a DSL or a cable modem.
Internet
Wireless network examples
Four common wireless networks appear below:
Scenario 1: Laptop and printer connected wirelessly with Internet
Scenario 2: Computer, laptop, and printer connected wirelessly with Internet
Connecting the printer to a network
50
Scenario 3: Computer, laptop, and printer connected wirelessly without Internet
Scenario 4: Laptop connected wirelessly to printer without Internet
Scenario 1: Laptop and printer connected wirelessly with Internet
A computer is connected to a wireless router by an Ethernet cable.
A laptop and a printer are connected wirelessly to the router.
The network is connected to the Internet through a DSL or a cable modem.
Internet
Scenario 2: Computer, laptop, and printer connected wirelessly with Internet
A computer, a laptop, and a printer are connected wirelessly to a wireless router.
The network is connected to the Internet through a DSL or a cable modem.
Internet
Connecting the printer to a network
51
Scenario 3: Computer, laptop, and printer connected wirelessly without
Internet
A computer, a laptop, and a printer are connected wirelessly to a wireless access point.
The network has no connection to the Internet.
Scenario 4: Laptop connected wirelessly to printer without Internet
A laptop is directly connected wirelessly to a printer without going through a wireless router.
The network has no connection to the Internet.
Networking the printer
Installing and configuring the printer for use on a network allows users at different computers to print to a common
printer. There are three methods for networking the printer:
Connect the printer to a wireless network. For more information, see “Installing the printer on a wireless network”
on page 59.
Connect the printer to a wired (Ethernet) network. For more information, see “Installing the printer on a wired
(Ethernet) network” on page 61.
Connect the printer directly to the computer using a USB cable. For more information, see “Connecting the printer
directly to the computer with a USB cable” on page 67.
Notes:
If you want to use an external print server, see the documentation that came with the print server for instructions
on installing the device.
For wireless setup purposes, the printer must be near the computer you will be using to configure it. After
configuration, the printer can be moved to the location where it will reside.
Connecting the printer to a network
52
Setting up the printer
The following instructions are for setting up the printer for the first time. After completing these steps, you do not
need to set up the printer again if you want to use it on another computer.
Note: You must complete these steps before you set up the printer on a network.
1 Unpack the printer.
Note: Place the printer near the computer during setup. If you're setting up on a wireless network, you can move
the printer after setup is complete.
2 Remove all tape and packing material from all areas of the printer.
3 If needed, install the correct control panel for your language.
4 Pull the paper tray completely out of the printer.
5 Move the paper guides to the sides.
6 Load paper.
7 Adjust the paper guides.
8 Insert the paper tray.
9 Connect the power cord to the printer and then to a properly grounded electrical outlet.
Note: Do not attach the USB cable yet.
10 Make sure the power is on.
11 Set the language and country/region.
a Press or repeatedly until the language you want appears on the display.
b Press .
c Press or repeatedly until the country/region you want appears on the display.
d Press .
12 Set the date and time.
a Use the keypad to enter the time, and press or to scroll between the hours and minutes.
b Press or to scroll to AM, PM, or 24HR, and press or to change the setting.
c Press .
d Use the keypad to enter the date, and press or to scroll between day, month, and year.
e Press .
13 Set the fax name and fax number, if needed.
a Use the keypad to enter the fax number.
b Press .
c Use the keypad to enter the fax name.
d Press .
14 Open the printer.
15 Press down on the cartridge carrier levers.
Connecting the printer to a network
53
16 Remove the tape from the black print cartridge, and insert the cartridge in the left carrier.
17 Close the black cartridge carrier lid.
18 Remove the tape from the color print cartridge, and insert the cartridge in the right carrier.
19 Close the color cartridge carrier lid.
20 Close the printer.
21 Flip up and fully extend the paper exit tray stop.
Note: The tray stop holds paper as it exits the printer.
22 Press .
An alignment page prints.
23 Discard the alignment page.
Note: Streaks on the alignment page are normal and do not indicate a problem.
Understanding the Network Setup menu
The Network Setup menu is available only if an internal wireless print server is installed in the printer.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Network Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 After making your choices, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
Reset Network Adapter Defaults Reset all wireless network settings.
Print Network Setup Page Print a list of network functions.
Wireless Menu Access the Wireless Setup Menu. For more information,
see “Wireless Setup menu” on page 55.
TCP/IP Access the TCP/IP menu. For more information, see
“TCP/IP menu” on page 55.
Network Time Menu Enable or disable the Set Time Server.
Active Network Choose among automatic, Ethernet 10 100, or Wireless
802.11b g.
Connecting the printer to a network
54
Wireless Setup menu
From here You can
Network Name View the current Service Set Identifier (SSID) being used.
An SSID is the name of a wireless local area network. You
cannot change this menu item.
Wireless Signal Quality Select a Wireless Signal Strength.
TCP/IP menu
Internet Protocol (IP) specifies the format of packets, also called datagrams, and the addressing scheme. Most
networks combine IP with a higher-level protocol called Transmission Control Protocol (TCP). TCP enables two hosts
to establish a connection and exchange streams of data. TCP guarantees delivery of data and also guarantees that
packets are delivered in the same order in which they were sent.
From here You can
Enable DHCP Specify Yes or No as the value. DHCP is Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol. The network automatically
assigns a number for the network information.
Set IP Address Set the IP address manually.
Set IP Netmask Assign a subnet mask.
A subnet mask is used to separate an IP address into two
parts: an extended network address and a host address.
The subnet mask is written using the dotted decimal
notation and should contain 32 bits. Example:
255.255.255.0
Note: This option is disabled if Enable DHCP is
enabled.
Set IP Gateway Specify the IP address of another device on the same
network. This device acts as a router or access point to
other devices on another network.
General networking information
Assigning an IP address
An IP address may be assigned by the network using DHCP. The print object, created at the end of the installation,
sends all print jobs across the network to the printer using this address.
Many networks have the ability to automatically assign an IP address. Auto-IP is the ability for individual devices to
assign themselves a unique IP address. Most networks use DHCP to assign addresses.
During the Direct IP printing installation of printer software, the IP address is visible in the printer list only as it is
being assigned. The print object that is created in the Printers folder of the operating system will reference the MAC
address of the printer in the port name.
If the IP address is not automatically assigned, you can try manually entering an address after selecting your printer
from the available list.
Connecting the printer to a network
55
Configure IP address
If you have lost communication with the printer over a network, select Use DHCP to reestablish communication with
the printer.
You must assign an IP address in any of the following situations:
You manually assigned IP addresses for the other network devices.
You want to assign a specific IP address.
You move the printer to a remote subnet.
The printer is listed as Unconfigured in the Configuration Utility.
Contact your system support person for more information.
Finding IP addresses
An IP address is a unique number used by devices on an IP network to locate and communicate with each other.
Devices on an IP network can only communicate with each other if they have unique and valid IP addresses. A unique
IP address means no two devices on the same network have the same IP address.
How to locate a printer IP address
You can locate the printer IP address by printing out the printer network setup page. For more information, see
“Printing a network setup page” on page 57.
How to locate a computer IP address
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
In Windows XP, click Start Programs or All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
2 Type ipconfig.
3 Press Enter.
The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods, such as 192.168.0.100.
Finding the MAC address
Most network equipment has a unique hardware identification number to distinguish it from other devices on the
network. This is called the Media Access Control (MAC) address.
Connecting the printer to a network
56
If your printer has a factory-installed internal print server, the MAC address is a series of letters and numbers located
on the back of your printer.
UAA: XX XX XX XX XX XX
U
A
A
:
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
If you purchased the print server separately, the MAC address appears on an adhesive label that came with the print
server. Attach the adhesive label to your printer so you will be able to find the MAC address when you need it.
Note: A list of MAC addresses can be set on an access point (router) so that only devices with matching MAC addresses
are allowed to operate on the network. This is called MAC filtering. If MAC filtering is enabled in your access point
(router) and you want to add a printer to your network, the MAC address of the printer must be included in the MAC
filter list.
Printing a network setup page
A network setup page lists your printer's network configuration settings. You can find information such as the SSID
or name of the network your printer is connected to, the IP address of the access point (router), and the IP address
assigned to your printer.
To print a network setup page:
1 From the control panel of the printer, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Network Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Print Network Setup Page is highlighted.
6 Press .
A network setup page prints.
Installing the printer on additional network computers
If you are installing your network printer for use with multiple computers on the network, insert the installation CD
into each additional computer, and follow the instructions on the computer screen.
You do not need to repeat the connection steps for each computer you want to print to the printer.
The printer should appear as a highlighted printer in the installation. If multiple printers appear in the list, make
sure you select the printer with the correct IP address/MAC address.
Connecting the printer to a network
57
Finding a printer/print server located on remote subnets
The printer software CD can automatically find the printers that are located on the same network as the computer.
If the printer and print server are located on another network (called a subnet), you must manually enter an IP address
during printer software installation.
Wireless networking
Types of wireless networks
Wireless networks can operate in one of two modes: infrastructure or ad hoc.
In infrastructure mode, all devices on a wireless network communicate with each other through a wireless router
(wireless access point). Devices on the wireless network must have valid IP addresses and share the same SSID and
channel as the wireless router (wireless access point).
In ad hoc mode, a computer with a wireless network adapter communicates directly with a printer equipped with a
wireless print server. The computer must have a valid IP address and be set to ad hoc mode. The printer's wireless
print server must be configured to use the same SSID and channel that the computer is using.
The following table compares the characteristics and requirements of the two types of wireless networks.
Infrastructure Ad hoc
Characteristics
Communication Through wireless access point
(wireless router)
Directly between devices
Security More security options
Range Determined by range and number
of access points
Restricted to range of individual
devices on network
Speed Usually faster Usually slower
Requirements for all devices
Unique IP address for each device Yes Yes
Mode set to Infrastructure mode Ad hoc mode
Same SSID Yes, including the wireless access
point (wireless router)
Yes
Same channel Yes, including the wireless access
point (wireless router)
Yes
Lexmark recommends setting up a network in infrastructure mode using the installation CD that came with
the printer.
Infrastructure mode is the recommended setup method because it has:
Increased network security
Increased reliability
Faster performance
Easier setup
Connecting the printer to a network
58
Information you will need to set up the printer on a wireless
network
To set up the printer for wireless printing, you need to:
Know the name of your wireless network. This is also known as the Service Set Identifier (SSID).
If you do not know the SSID of the network that your computer is connected to, launch the wireless utility of your
computer’s network adapter and look for the network name, or consult the person who set up your wireless
network.
Know the password that was used to keep your wireless network secure. This password is also known as the
security key, WEP key, or WPA key.
If your wireless access point (wireless router) is using Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) security, the WEP key should
be:
Exactly 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters. Hexadecimal characters are A–F, a–f, and 0–9.
Exactly 5 or 13 ASCII characters. ASCII characters are letters, numbers, punctuations, and symbols found on a
keyboard.
If your wireless access point (wireless router) is using Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) security, the WPA key should
be:
Up to 64 hexadecimal characters. Hexadecimal characters are A–F, a–f, and 0–9.
From 8 to 63 ASCII characters. ASCII characters are letters, numbers, punctuations, and symbols found on a
keyboard.
Note: If you do not know this information, see the documentation that came with the wireless access point
(wireless router), or contact the person who set up your wireless network.
Use the table below to write down the information you need to know.
Item Description
SSID (name of your wireless network)
Security key (password)
Note: Make sure you copy down the security key exactly, including any capital letters, and store it in a safe place
for future reference.
Installing the printer on a wireless network
Before you install the printer on a wireless network, make sure that:
You have completed the initial setup of the printer.
Your wireless network is set up and working properly.
The computer you are using is connected to the same wireless network that you want to set up the printer on.
1 Insert the installation software CD for Windows.
2 Wait a minute for the Welcome screen to appear.
If the Welcome screen does not appear after a minute, do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a Click .
b Locate the Start Search box.
Connecting the printer to a network
59
c Type D:\setup.exe, where D is the letter of your CD or DVD drive.
In Windows XP:
a Click Start Run.
b Type D:\setup.exe, where D is the letter of your CD or DVD drive.
3 Follow the instructions on the Welcome screen to set up the printer.
Interpreting the colors of the Wi-Fi indicator light
The Wi-Fi indicator light helps you determine the network status of the printer.
The following describes what the colors of the Wi-Fi indicator light mean.
Off may indicate that the printer is off, the printer is in the initial power up state, the internal print server is not
installed, or the internal print server is not properly connected.
The light should be in this state:
When the printer is turned off
When the printer is connected to a router using an Ethernet cable
When the printer does not have an internal print server installed and you want to connect the printer to the
computer using a USB cable
Orange may indicate that the printer is currently connected to the computer with a USB cable, the printer is
being configured for use on the wireless network, the internal print server is not configured in infrastructure
mode, or the internal print server is waiting to be configured for ad hoc mode.
The light should be in this state:
When you want to use the printer without a computer
When you want to set up the printer on your wireless network
Blinking orange may indicate that:
The printer is out of the range of the wireless access point (wireless router).
The printer is trying to communicate with the wireless access point (wireless router), but the wireless access
point (wireless router) may be turned off or not working properly.
The printer is trying to establish communication with the wireless access point (wireless router).
This is true if you have already configured the printer for use on your wireless network. When the printer has
been configured, any time you turn the printer off and then turn it back on, the internal print server in the
printer will try to connect to your wireless access point (wireless router).
The wireless settings of the printer may no longer be valid.
Green indicates that the printer is connected to a wireless network.
The light should be in this state when you want to start using the printer that is already set up on your wireless
network.
Blinking green indicates that the printer's internal printer server is being updated.
Connecting the printer to a network
60
Changing wireless settings after installation (Windows users only)
To change your password, network name, or other wireless setting:
1 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
2 Click Wireless Setup Utility.
Note: You may be prompted to connect the printer to the computer again using the installation cable as part
of the setup process.
3 Follow the prompts on the computer screen to reinstall the software, and make the changes you want.
Finding the signal strength
Wireless devices have built-in antennas that transmit and receive radio signals. The signal strength listed on the
printer network setup page indicates how strongly a transmitted signal is being received. Many factors can affect
the signal strength. One factor is interference from other wireless devices or even other devices such as microwave
ovens. Another factor is distance. The farther two wireless devices are from each other, the more likely it is that the
communication signal will be weaker.
Why do I need an installation cable?
When you set up the printer on your wireless network, you will need to temporarily connect the printer to a computer
using the installation cable. This temporary connection is used to set up the wireless settings of the printer.
Wired networking
Installing the printer on a wired (Ethernet) network
The following instructions are for installing the printer on a wired (Ethernet) network.
Before you install the printer on a wired network, make sure that:
You have completed the initial setup of the printer.
Your router is on, and your network is set up and working properly.
Your computer is connected to your router.
1 Insert the installation software CD for Windows.
2 Wait a minute for the Welcome screen to appear.
If the Welcome screen does not appear after a minute, do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a Click .
b Locate the Start Search box.
c Type D:\setup.exe, where D is the letter of your CD or DVD drive.
In Windows XP:
a Click Start Run.
b Type D:\setup.exe, where D is the letter of your CD or DVD drive.
Connecting the printer to a network
61
3 Follow the instructions on the Welcome screen to set up the printer.
Tips for using network adapters
Make sure the adapter connections are secure.
Make sure the computer is turned on.
Make sure you entered the correct IP address.
Advanced wireless setup
Creating an ad hoc wireless network using Windows
The recommended way to set up your wireless network is to use a wireless access point (wireless router). A network
set up this way is called an infrastructure network. If you have an infrastructure network in your home, you should
configure your printer for use on that network.
If you don't have a wireless access point (wireless router) or would like to set up a standalone network between your
printer and a computer with a wireless network adapter, you can set up an ad hoc network.
For Windows Vista users
1 Click Control Panel Network and Internet.
2 Under Network and Sharing Center, click Connect to a Network.
3 In the Connect to a Network dialog, click Set up a wireless ad-hoc (computer-to-computer) network, and then
click Next.
4 Follow the instructions in the “Set up a wireless ad hoc network” wizard. As part of the setup:
a Create a network name or SSID for the network between the computer and your printer.
b Write the name of your network in the space provided. Be sure to use the exact spelling and capitalization.
___________________________________
c Go to the Security Type drop-down list, choose WEP, and then create a security key (or password).
WEP keys must be:
Exactly 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters. Hexadecimal characters are A–F, a–f, and 0–9.
Exactly 5 or 13 ASCII characters. ASCII characters are letters, numbers, punctuations, and symbols found
on a keyboard
d Write the password for your network in the space provided. Be sure to use the exact spelling and capitalization.
___________________________________
Windows Vista will enable the ad hoc network for you. It will appear in the “Connect to a network” dialog under
“Available networks,” indicating that the computer is configured for the ad hoc network.
5 Close the Control Panel and any remaining windows.
6 Insert the printer software installation CD for Windows into the computer and follow the directions for wireless
installation.
7 When the available networks are displayed, provide the network name and the security information you created
in step 4. The installer will configure the printer for use with your computer.
8 Store a copy of your network name and security information in a safe place for future reference.
Connecting the printer to a network
62
For Windows XP users
1 Click Start Control Panel Network and Internet Connections.
2 Click Network Connections.
3 Right-click your the icon for your wireless network connection.
4 Click Enable, if it appears in the pop-up menu.
Note: If Enable does not appear, your wireless connection is already enabled.
5 Right-click the Wireless Network Connection icon.
6 Click Properties.
7 Click the Wireless Networks tab.
Note: If the Wireless Networks tab does not appear, your computer has third-party software that controls your
wireless settings. You must use that software to set up the ad hoc wireless network. For more information, see
the documentation for the third-party software to learn how to create an ad hoc network.
8 Select the Use Windows to configure my wireless network settings check box.
9 Under Preferred Networks, delete any existing networks.
a Select the network to be removed.
b Click Remove to delete the network from the list.
10 Click Add to create an ad hoc network.
11 In the Network Name (SSID) box, type the name you want to give your wireless network.
12 Write down the network name you chose so you can refer to it when running the wireless setup. Make sure you
copy it down exactly, including capital letters.
13 If Network Authentication appears in the list, select Open.
14 In the “Data encryption” list, select WEP.
15 If necessary, clear the “The key is provided for me automatically” check box.
16 In the Network Key box, type in a security key.
17 Write down the security key you chose so you can refer to it when running the wireless setup. Make sure you
copy it down exactly, including any capital letters.
Note: For more information about passwords (security keys), see “Check your security keys” on page 193.
18 In the “Confirm network key” box, type the same security key.
19 Select This is a computer-to-computer (ad hoc) network; wireless access points are not used..
20 Click OK twice to close the two open windows.
21 It may take a few minutes for your computer to recognize the new settings. To check on the status of your network:
a Right-click the Wireless Network Connections icon.
b Select View Available Wireless Networks.
If the network is listed but the computer is not connected, select the ad hoc network and then click
Connect.
If the network does not appear, wait a minute and then click Refresh network list.
Connecting the printer to a network
63
22 Click Start.
23 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
24 Click Wireless Configuration Utility.
Note: You may be prompted to connect the printer to the computer again using the installation cable as part
of the setup process.
25 Follow the prompts on the computer screen.
26 Store a copy of your network name and security code in a safe place for future reference.
Adding a printer to an existing ad hoc wireless network using
Windows
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Wireless Configuration Utility.
4 Follow the instructions on the computer screen.
Switching between connections
The printer supports switching between different types of connections, which include the following:
Switching between a wireless network connection and a wired (Ethernet) network connection
Switching between a USB connection and a wireless network connection
Switching between a USB connection and a wired (Ethernet) network connection
Note: When switching between connections, make sure that the computer stays on the same network as your printer.
Switching between a wireless network connection and a wired
(Ethernet) network connection
Switching from a wireless connection to a wired (Ethernet) connection
1 Insert one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port of the printer.
2 Insert the other end of the Ethernet cable into an available Ethernet port on your router.
3 Wait 30 to 40 seconds for the internal print server to detect the wired network settings.
Your wireless network settings will be disabled when the wired network settings become active.
4 Print a test page to test the communication between the computer and the printer. For more information, see
“Printing a test page” on page 217.
Connecting the printer to a network
64
Switching from a wired (Ethernet) connection to a wireless connection
1 Press to turn off the printer.
2 Remove the Ethernet cable from the printer.
3 Press to turn on the printer.
4 Run the wireless setup application. For more information, see “Run the Wireless Configuration Utility” on
page 202.
5 Print a test page to test the communication between the computer and the printer. For more information, see
“Printing a test page” on page 217.
Switching between a USB connection and a wireless network
connection
Switching from a USB connection to a wireless connection
1 Run the wireless setup application. For more information, see “Run the Wireless Configuration Utility” on
page 202.
2 Print a test page to test the communication between the computer and the printer. For more information, see
“Printing a test page” on page 217.
Switching from a wireless connection to a USB connection
1 Insert one end of the USB cable into the USB port of the printer.
2 Insert the other end of the USB cable into the USB port on the computer.
3 On your computer, do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a
Click Control Panel.
b Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
In Windows XP:
Click Start Printers & Faxes.
Note: Make sure that the printer driver is installed in the computer you are using. For more information, see
“Installing the printer on additional network computers” on page 57.
4 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
5 Click Properties.
6 From the Ports tab, select the USB port for your printer.
7 Click Apply.
8 Click OK.
9 Print a test page to test the communication between the computer and the printer. For more information, see
“Printing a test page” on page 217.
Connecting the printer to a network
65
Switching between a USB connection and a wired (Ethernet)
network connection
Switching from a USB connection to a wired (Ethernet) connection
1 Remove the USB cable from the computer, and then from the printer.
2 Insert one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port of the printer.
3 Insert the other end of the Ethernet cable into an available Ethernet port on your router.
4 Wait 30 to 40 seconds for the internal print server to detect the wired network settings.
5 On your computer, do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a
Click Control Panel.
b Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
In Windows XP:
Click Start Printers & Faxes.
6 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
7 Click Properties.
8 From the Ports tab, click Add Port.
Note: If you already created a TCP/IP port for the printer, you do not need to create a new one. You can proceed
to step 16 on page 66.
9 Select Standard TCP/IP Port, and then click New Port.
The Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard appears.
10 Click Next.
11 In the Printer Name field, type the IP address of the printer.
Note: Print a network setup page to determine the IP address of the printer. For more information, see “Printing
a network setup page” on page 57.
12 Click Next.
13 From the Additional Port Information Required screen, select Generic Network Card as the device type, and then
click Next.
14 Click Finish.
15 From the Printer Ports screen, click Close.
16 Select the TCP/IP port, and then click Apply.
17 Click OK.
18 Print a test page to test the communication between the computer and the printer. For more information, see
“Printing a test page” on page 217.
Connecting the printer to a network
66
Switching from a wired (Ethernet) connection to a USB connection
1 Insert one end of the USB cable into the USB port of the printer.
2 Insert the other end of the USB cable into a USB port on the computer.
3 On your computer, do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a
Click Control Panel.
b Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
In Windows XP:
Click Start Printers & Faxes.
4 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
5 Click Properties.
6 From the Ports tab, select the USB port for your printer.
7 Click Apply.
8 Click OK.
9 Print a test page to test the communication between the computer and the printer. For more information, see
“Printing a test page” on page 217.
Connecting the printer directly to the computer
Connecting the printer directly to the computer with a USB cable
1 Insert the installation software CD for Windows.
2 Wait a minute for the Welcome screen to appear.
If the Welcome screen does not appear after a minute, do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a Click .
b Locate the Start Search box.
c Type D:\setup.exe, where D is the letter of your CD or DVD drive.
In Windows XP:
a Click Start Run.
b Type D:\setup.exe, where D is the letter of your CD or DVD drive.
3 Follow the instructions on the Welcome screen to set up the printer.
Connecting the printer to a network
67
Sharing a printer in a Windows environment
1 Prepare the computers to share the printer.
a Make all computers printing to the printer accessible through Network Neighborhood by enabling File and
Print Sharing. See the Windows documentation for instructions on enabling File and Print Sharing.
b Install the printer software on all computers that will print to the printer.
2 Identify the printer.
a On the computer that is attached to the printer, do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
1 Click Control Panel.
2 Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
In Windows XP:
Click Start Printers and Faxes.
b Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
c Click Sharing.
d From the Sharing tab, select Share this printer, and assign a distinctive name.
e Click OK.
3 Locate the printer from the remote computer.
Note: The remote computer is the one that is not attached to the printer.
a Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
1 Click Control Panel.
2 Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
In Windows XP:
Click Start Printers and Faxes.
b Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
c Click Properties.
d Click the Ports tab, and then click Add Port.
e Select Local Port, and then click New Port.
f Enter the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) Port name, which consists of the server name and the
distinctive printer name that was specified in step 2 on page 68. The name should be in the form \\server
\printer.
g Click OK.
h Click Close on the Printer Ports dialog box.
i Make sure the new port is selected on the Ports tab, and then click Apply.
The new port is listed with the printer name.
j Click OK.
Connecting the printer to a network
68
Configuring a network printer manually
1 From the printer control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Network Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until TCP/IP is highlighted.
6 Press .
The TCP/IP menu appears.
7 Find Enable DHCP, and then press to select Yes or No.
8 Find the IP Address, IP Netmask and IP Gateway menu items.
9 Press on each to enter the IP Address, IP Netmask, and IP Gateway for the printer.
10 Press to save your settings.
Resetting the internal print server to factory default
settings
1 From the printer control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Network Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Reset Network Adapter Defaults is highlighted.
6 Press .
The following message appears: This will reset all wireless network settings. Are you
sure?
7 Press to select Yes.
The message Clearing Network Settings appears.
Connecting the printer to a network
69
Loading paper and original documents
Loading various paper types in Tray 1
Loading paper in Tray 1
Make sure:
You use paper designed for inkjet printers.
The paper is not used or damaged.
If you are using specialty paper, you follow the instructions that came with it.
Note: To avoid jams, make sure the paper does not buckle when you adjust the paper guides.
1 Pull Tray 1 completely out of the printer.
Loading paper and original documents
70
2 Move the paper guides to the sides of Tray 1.
1
2
3
Note: If you are loading A4- or legal-size paper, squeeze the lever and pull to extend the tray. It is unnecessary
to extend the tray for paper sizes shorter in length than A4 or legal, such as letter-size paper. When you pull the
extension out, the first stop accommodates A4-size paper. When the extension is fully out, it accommodates
legal-size paper.
1
2
A4
Legal
A4
Legal
3 Load the paper.
Loading paper and original documents
71
4 Adjust the paper guides to rest gently against the left, right, and bottom edges of the paper.
2
3
1
5 Insert Tray 1.
Note: The tray cannot be completely inserted so it is flush with the printer front if you extended the tray to
accommodate A4- or legal-size paper. Do not try to force the tray in further.
6 Flip up the paper exit tray stop to catch the paper as it exits.
Note: If you loaded A4- or legal-size paper, pull the paper exit tray stop to extend it fully.
Loading paper and original documents
72
Paper capacities for Tray 1
Load up to Make sure
150 sheets of plain paper
The paper is designed for use with inkjet printers.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of
the paper.
25 sheets of heavyweight matte paper
25 sheets of photo paper
25 sheets of glossy paper
The glossy or printable side of the paper faces down. (If you are not
sure which side is the printable side, see the instructions that came
with the paper.)
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of
the paper.
Note: Photos require more drying time. To prevent smudging or
scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp
objects. For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from
the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at least 24 hours before
stacking, displaying, or storing.
25 sheets of letterhead paper
The letterhead side of the paper faces down.
The top of the letterhead feeds into the printer first.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of
the paper.
Loading paper and original documents
73
Load up to Make sure
10 envelopes
The envelopes are designed for use with inkjet printers.
The printable side of the envelopes faces down with the flap to the
left as shown.
You load the envelopes in the center of the tray as indicated by the
icon. Load them vertically and all the way to the back of Tray 1.
You print the envelopes in landscape orientation.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of
the envelopes.
You select the correct envelope size. If the exact envelope size is not
listed, select the next larger size. Set the left and right margins so
that the envelope text will be correctly positioned on the envelope.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not use envelopes that have metal
clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars.
Notes:
Do not load envelopes with holes, perforations, cutouts, or deep
embossing.
Do not use envelopes that have exposed flap adhesive.
Envelopes require more drying time. Remove each envelope as it
exits, and allow it to dry to avoid ink smudging.
Loading envelopes or 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in.) photo paper in Tray 1
1 Pull Tray 1 completely out of the printer.
Loading paper and original documents
74
2 Move the paper guides to the sides of Tray 1.
1
2
3
3 Use the envelope icon and the 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in.) photo card outline on the bottom of Tray 1 to help you position
envelopes or photo cards in the tray.
Note: Do not mix paper types in the tray. You can load either envelopes or photo cards, but not both.
4 Load envelopes or photo cards.
Note: Load envelopes or photo cards with the print side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the
printable side, see the instructions that came with the envelopes or photo cards.)
Loading paper and original documents
75
5 Adjust the paper guides to rest gently against the left, right, and bottom edges of the envelopes or photo cards.
2
3
1
1
2
3
6 Insert Tray 1.
7 Flip up the paper exit tray stop to catch the envelopes or photo cards as they exit.
Note: Envelopes and photos require more drying time. Remove each envelope or photo as it exits, and allow it to
dry to avoid ink smudging.
Loading paper and original documents
76
Loading labels in Tray 1
You can load up to 25 sheets of labels at a time.
1 Load labels into the paper tray with the printable side facing down and the top of the sheet feeding into the
printer first.
2 Make sure:
You load letter- or A4-size label sheets.
The print side of the labels faces down.
The top of the labels feeds into the printer first.
You use full label sheets. Partial sheets (with areas exposed by missing labels) may cause labels to peel off
during printing, resulting in a paper jam.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of the labels.
Note: Labels require more drying time. Remove each sheet of labels as it exits, and allow it to dry to avoid ink
smudging.
Loading cards in Tray 1
You can load up to 25 cards.
1 Make sure:
The cards are designed for inkjet printers.
The thickness of each card does not exceed 0.025 inches.
The cards are not used or damaged.
The printable side is facing down.
You follow the instructions that came with the cards.
2 Load the cards in the center of the tray, as indicated by the 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm.) outline.
Note: Do not force the cards into the printer.
Loading paper and original documents
77
3 The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom sides of the cards.
Note: Photo cards require more drying time. Remove each photo as it exits, and allow it to dry to avoid ink smudging.
Loading transparencies in Tray 1
You can load up to 50 transparencies at a time.
1 Load transparencies with the rough side facing down.
2 If the transparencies have a removable strip, each strip should face down.
3 Make sure:
You load letter- or A4-size transparencies.
You remove any paper backing sheets from the transparencies before loading.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of the transparencies.
Notes:
Transparencies with paper backing sheets are not recommended.
Transparencies require more drying time. Remove each transparency as it exits, and allow it to dry to avoid
ink smudging.
Loading iron-on transfers in Tray 1
You can load up to 10 iron-on transfers into the paper tray at once, but you will achieve best results loading them
one at a time.
1 Load iron-on transfers with the print side of the transfer facing down.
2 Make sure:
You follow the loading instructions that came with the iron-on transfers.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of the transfers.
Loading custom-size paper in Tray 1
You can load up to 25 sheets of custom-size paper at a time.
1 Load paper into the paper tray with the printable side facing down.
2 Make sure:
The paper size fits within these dimensions:
Width:
76.0–216.0 mm
3.0–8.5 inches
Length:
127.0–432.0 mm
5.0–17.0 inches
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of the paper.
Loading paper and original documents
78
Loading banner paper in Tray 1
1 Remove the paper tray.
2 Remove any paper from the tray.
3 Push the lever in, and then extend the tray until it is long enough to accommodate legal size paper.
4 Replace the paper tray.
5 Tear off only the number of banner pages needed for the banner.
6 Set the stack of paper on a flat surface in front of the printer.
7 Slide the first sheet of the banner over the handle and all the way into the back of the paper tray.
Using the small media feeder
The small media feeder, located on top of the paper exit tray toward the back, lets you load envelopes, 4 x 6 photo
paper, and other small card sizes without having to place them in Tray 1.
The small media feeder is helpful when:
You want to print only one photo and you do not want to load Tray 1 with a photo card.
You want to print one envelope for a letter. You can print the letter from paper loaded in Tray 1. Then you can
print the envelope quickly from the small media feeder.
You can load the following paper sizes into the small media feeder:
L: 89 x 127 mm (3.5 x 5.0 inches)
101.6 x 152.4 mm (4 x 6 inches)
Hagaki postcard: 100 x 148 mm (3.93 x 5.82 inches)
Envelopes up to 101.6 mm (4 inches) wide
1 Remove any jobs in the paper exit tray.
Note: The icons on the top of the paper exit tray show the correct loading position for cards and envelopes.
2 Load one card or envelope at a time between the paper guides.
Loading paper and original documents
79
Make sure the print side of the item faces down. For envelopes, place the flap side of an envelope faceup and on
the left side as shown:
Using the automatic paper type sensor
The printer is equipped with an automatic paper type sensing device. The Paper Type Sensor automatically detects
the type of paper that has been loaded into the printer and adjusts the settings for you. For example, if you want to
print a photo, load photo paper into the printer. The printer detects the type of paper and automatically adjusts the
settings to give you optimum photo-printing results.
Loading the optional Tray 2
You can load Tray 2 with letter-, A4-, or legal-size paper. You can load plain paper, photo or glossy paper, heavyweight
matte paper, transparencies, and card stock in these sizes only.
Note: Do not load any other paper sizes or types into Tray 2. For small paper sizes, use the small media feeder in Tray
1.
1 Pull Tray 2 completely out of the printer.
Loading paper and original documents
80
2 Move the paper guides to the sides of Tray 2.
1
2
3
Note: If you are loading A4 or legal-size paper, squeeze the lever and pull to extend the tray.
1
2
A4
Legal
A4
Legal
3 Load the paper.
Loading paper and original documents
81
4 Adjust the paper guides to rest gently against the left, right, and bottom edges of the paper.
2
3
1
5 Insert Tray 2.
6 Flip up the paper exit tray stop to catch the paper as it exits.
Note: If you loaded A4 or legal-size paper, pull the paper exit tray stop to extend it fully.
Loading paper and original documents
82
Understanding and using tray linking
If your printer has the optional Tray 2 installed, there is a feature called tray linking that lets the printer select paper
from one tray until it becomes empty, and then automatically begin feeding paper from the other tray. You must
load the same size and same type of media in both trays.
When the trays are linked, the printer has a total paper capacity of 300 sheets of plain paper, since Tray 1 and Tray 2
each hold 150 sheets of plain paper.
When you are using tray linking, it is very important that you load the same size and type of paper in both trays. The
paper sizes you can load are letter, A4, or legal. You can load plain or photo paper.
Notes:
If both trays do not have the same type of paper when they are linked, a job could mistakenly print on the wrong
paper type.
Never mix paper sizes or types in a tray.
Enabling tray linking
1 Load Tray 1 and Tray 2 with the same size and type of paper.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
3 Press .
The Setup menu appears with Paper Handling highlighted.
4 Press .
The “Size - Tray 1” menu appears.
5 Press or until you reach the paper size loaded in Tray 1.
6 Press or repeatedly until Type - Tray 1 is highlighted.
7 Press or until you reach the paper type loaded in Tray 1.
If you want, you can select Auto Detect.
8 Press or repeatedly until Size - Tray 2 is highlighted.
9 Press or until you reach the paper size loaded in Tray 2. The size should be the same as the size loaded into
Tray 1.
10 Press or repeatedly until Type - Tray 2 is highlighted.
Loading paper and original documents
83
11 Press or until you reach the paper type loaded in Tray 2. The type should be the same type loaded into Tray
1.
If you want, you can select Auto Detect.
12 Press or repeatedly until Tray Linking is highlighted.
13 Press or until you reach Auto.
Tray linking is now set only if you press
; however, you still need to define the default tray for each of the
following submenus, so continue with the following steps.
Note: Defining the tray tells the printer which tray it will feed paper from when it prints a copy, photo, print, fax,
PictBridge, or Bluetooth job.
14 Press or repeatedly until Copy Source is highlighted.
15 Press or to specify the tray you want as the copy source.
16 Press or repeatedly until Photo Source is highlighted.
17 Press or to specify the tray you want as the photo source.
18 Press or repeatedly until Print Files Source is highlighted.
19 Press or to specify the tray you want as the source for printing files.
20 Press or repeatedly until Fax Source is highlighted.
21 Press or to specify the tray you want as the fax source.
22 Press or repeatedly until PictBridge Source is highlighted.
23 Press or to specify the tray you want as the PictBridge source.
24 Press or repeatedly until Bluetooth Source is highlighted.
25 Press or to specify the tray you want as the Bluetooth source.
26 Press to save the values as settings.
The message New Default Settings Saved appears.
The control panel display returns to Setup.
Disabling tray linking
To disable tray linking, set Tray Linking to Off.
Paper capacities for the optional Tray 2
Load up to Make sure
150 sheets of plain paper in letter, A4, or
legal size
The paper is designed for use with inkjet printers.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of
the paper.
Loading paper and original documents
84
Load up to Make sure
50 transparencies in letter or A4 size
You load letter- or A4-size transparencies.
You remove any paper backing sheets from the transparencies
before loading.
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of
the transparencies.
25 sheets of heavyweight matte paper
25 sheets of photo/glossy paper
25 sheets of card stock
Note: Tray 2 supports only letter-, A4-, or
legal-size paper. For small paper sizes, use
the small media feeder in Tray 1.
The glossy or printable side of the paper faces down. (If you are not
sure which side is the printable side, see the instructions that came
with the paper.)
The paper guides rest against the left, right, and bottom edges of
the paper.
Note: Photos require more drying time. To prevent smudging or
scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp
objects. For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from
the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at least 24 hours before
stacking, displaying, or storing.
Understanding the Paper Handling menu
The Paper Handling menu has different options depending on whether the optional Tray 2 is installed. You can access
the Paper Handling menu from a variety of menus related to copying, printing and editing photos, printing using
the PictBridge default print settings, printing using Bluetooth technology, printing document files, printing faxes,
and so on. The menu can also be accessed when you are changing the default settings for various functions.
To access the Paper Handling menu from the Setup menu:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Paper Handling is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 After changing values, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
Size Specify the size of the paper loaded.
Appears when Tray 2 is not installed.
Type Specify the type of paper loaded.
Appears when Tray 2 is not installed.
Size - Tray 1 Specify the size of the paper loaded in Tray 1.
Appears when Tray 2 is installed.
Type - Tray 1 Specify the type of paper loaded in Tray 1.
Appears when Tray 2 is installed.
Size - Tray 2 Specify the size of the paper loaded in Tray 2.
Appears when Tray 2 is installed.
Loading paper and original documents
85
From here You can
Type - Tray 2 Specify the type of paper loaded in Tray 2.
Appears when Tray 2 is installed.
Tray Linking Set tray linking off or to automatic (on).
Copy Source
1
Specify the source, Tray 1 or Tray 2, for the job.
Photo Source
1
Specify the source, Tray 1 or Tray 2, for the job.
Print Files Source
1
Specify the source, Tray 1 or Tray 2, for the job.
Fax Source
1
Specify the source, Tray 1 or Tray 2, for the job.
PictBridge Source
1
Specify the source, Tray 1 or Tray 2, for the job.
Bluetooth Source
1
Specify the source, Tray 1 or Tray 2, for the job.
1
Menu item appears only when the optional Tray 2 is installed.
Loading original documents on the scanner glass
You can scan and then print photos, text documents, magazine articles, newspapers, and other publications. You
can scan a document for faxing. You can also scan three-dimensional objects for use in catalogs, brochures, or product
fliers.
Notes:
Place photos, postcards, small items, thin items (such as magazine clippings), and three-dimensional objects on
the scanner glass instead of in the Automatic Document Feeder.
The maximum scan area for the scanner glass is 216 x 297 mm (8.5 x 11.7 in.).
1 Make sure the computer and the printer are on.
2 Open the top cover.
Loading paper and original documents
86
3 Place the original document facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner. The arrows which surround
this corner remind you of the proper placement.
Note: Photos should be loaded as shown.
4 Close the top cover to avoid dark edges on the scanned image.
Loading paper and original documents
87
Loading original documents into the Automatic Document
Feeder
You can load up to 50 sheets of an original document into the Automatic Document Feeder tray for scanning, copying,
and faxing. You can load A4, letter, or legal size paper into the Automatic Document Feeder.
1 Load an original document text side up into the Automatic Document Feeder tray.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, or thin media (such as magazine clippings) into the Automatic
Document Feeder. Place these items on the scanner glass.
2 Adjust the paper guide on the Automatic Document Feeder tray against the edges of the paper.
Automatic Document Feeder paper capacity
Load up to Make sure
50 sheets of:
Letter paper
A4 paper
Legal-size paper
The document is loaded text side up.
The paper guide is against the edge of the paper.
Loading paper and original documents
88
Load up to Make sure
50 sheets of:
Custom paper
Pre-punched paper
Reinforced edge copier paper
Preprinted forms
Letterhead paper
The document is loaded text side up.
The paper guide is against the edge of the paper.
The paper size fits within these dimensions:
Width:
210.0 mm–215.9 mm
8.27 in.–8.5 in.
Length:
279.4 mm–355.6 mm
11.0 in.–14.0 in.
You allow preprinted media to dry thoroughly before loading
into the Automatic Document Feeder tray.
You do not use media printed with metallic ink particles.
You avoid embossed designs.
Loading paper and original documents
89
Printing
Printing basic documents
Printing a document
1 Load paper.
2 With a document open, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
4 Adjust the settings.
5 Click OK.
6 Click OK or Print.
Using the Printing Preferences tabs
Printing Preferences is the software that controls the printing function when the printer is connected to a computer.
All of the print settings are on the four main Printing Preferences tabs: Print Setup, Advanced, Watermark, and Image
Enhancement.
From here You can
Print Setup
Adjust the print speed and quality by selecting a
setting of Automatic, Quick Print, Normal, or Best.
Select a Paper Size for Paper, Envelope, Banner, or
Borderless.
Select portrait or landscape orientation.
Specify the number of copies to print.
Select to collate the job.
Specify to print the last page of the job first.
Advanced
Select 2-Sided Printing.
Select a Layout of Normal, Banner, Mirror, N-up,
Poster, Booklet, or Borderless.
Watermark
Determine where watermarks will appear on your
documents.
Create watermarks.
Set watermark fonts, sizes, and placements.
Image Enhancement
Add or subtract contrast from images.
Flash fill to lighten dark areas of images.
Sharpen or soften images.
Printing
90
Printing a Web page
You can use the Toolbar to create a printer-friendly version of any Web page.
A
1 Load paper.
2 Open a Web page using Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or later.
3 If you want to check or change your print settings:
a From the toolbar area, click Lexmark Page Setup.
b Adjust the print settings.
c Click OK.
4 If you want to view the Web page before printing:
a Click Preview.
b Use the toolbar options to scroll between pages, zoom in or out, or select whether to print text and images
or text only.
c Click:
Print in the Print Preview window, then click Print in the Print dialog that opens
or
Close, and continue to the next step.
5 If needed, select a print option from the Toolbar:
Normal
Quick
Black and White
Text Only
Printing photos or images from a Web page
1 Load paper. For best results, use photo or heavyweight matte paper, with the glossy or printable side facing
down. (If you are not sure which side is the printable side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Open a Web page with Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or later.
On the Toolbar, the number of photos valid for printing appears next to Photos.
3 If no number appears next to Photos:
a From the Lexmark logo drop-down menu, select Options.
b Select the Advanced tab.
c Select a lower minimum photo size.
d Click OK.
The number of photos valid for printing appears next to Photos.
Printing
91
4 Click Photos.
The Fast Pics dialog appears.
5 If you want to print all the photos or images using the same settings, select the size you want, the blank paper
size in the printer, and the number of copies you want.
6 If you want to print one photo or image at a time:
a Click the photos or images you do not want to print to deselect them.
b To make common editing changes:
1 Right-click the photo or image.
2 Click Edit.
3 Make your selections.
4 Follow the instructions on the screen.
5 When you are finished making changes, click Done.
6 Select the size you want, the blank paper size in the printer, and the number of copies you want.
7 Click Print Now.
Printing multiple copies of a document
You can print multiple copies of:
a hard copy document which you place in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or on the scanner glass
a soft copy document contained in a file on your personal computer
To print multiple copies of a hard copy document:
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or load the first page of a document
facedown on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press .
The Copy Mode menu appears.
5 Press or repeatedly until you reach the Copies menu item.
6 Press or repeatedly until the number of copies you want to print appears.
Note: You can press
at this point to start the copy job; however, if your document contains more than one
page, it is best to collate the printed pages, so continue with the following steps.
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach the Collate menu item.
8 Press or until On appears.
9 Press .
Note: If you are using the scanner glass, a message appears prompting you for additional pages.
To print multiple copies of a soft copy document:
1 Load paper.
2 With a document open, click File Print.
Printing
92
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
4 From the Print Setup tab, select the number of copies to print.
5 If your document contains more than one page, select the Collate Copies check box.
6 Click OK.
7 Click OK or Print.
Printing collated copies
If you print multiple copies of a document, you can choose to print each copy as a set (collated) or to print the copies
as groups of pages (not collated).
Collated Not collated
3
3
2
2
1
1
3
3
2
2
1
1
1 Load paper.
2 With a document open, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
4 From the Print Setup tab, select the number of copies to print.
5 Select the Collate Copies check box.
6 To print with reverse page order, select the Print Last Page First check box.
7 Click OK.
8 Click OK or Print.
Printing
93
Printing the last page first (reverse page order)
1 Load paper.
2 With a document open, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
4 From the Print Setup tab, select Print Last Page First.
5 Click OK.
6 Click OK or Print.
Printing multiple pages on one sheet
1 Load paper.
2 With a document open, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
4 Click the Advanced tab.
5 From the Layout drop-down menu, select N-up.
6 From the “Pages per sheet” drop-down list, select the number of pages to print on each page.
7 If you want each page image to be surrounded by a border, select Print Page Borders.
8 Click OK.
9 Click OK or Print.
Printing
94
Printing using watermarks
You can print a document with a shaded watermark of your choice. For example, you can choose to have the word
“draft,” printed diagonally across each page behind the text. To set up, define, and use watermarks, do the following:
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Watermarks tab.
4 In the Watermark Order, Watermark Selections, and Watermark Placement sections, select where your watermark
will be used by page and placement on the pages.
5 If you want to create a new watermark, click Add Text.
6 Click New Watermark.
7 In the Watermark selection boxes, type in the watermark name, text, font, size, style, angle, color, and darkness.
8 Click OK.
Notes:
To use one of your existing watermarks, select it in the Watermark Selections area of the Watermark tab.
To edit an existing watermark, click Edit Text.
To delete an existing watermark, click DeleteText.
Printing document files from a memory card or flash drive
To use the Print Files function, your printer must be directly connected to a computer through a USB cable, and both
the printer and computer must be on. The computer must contain applications that support the desired file formats.
1 Insert a memory card or flash drive containing document files into the printer.
The following file types are recognized:
.doc (Microsoft Word)
.xls (Microsoft Excel)
.ppt (Microsoft Powerpoint)
Printing
95
.pdf (Adobe Portable Document Format)
.rtf (Rich Text Format)
.docx (Microsoft Word Open Document Format)
.xlsx (Microsoft Excel Open Document Format)
.pptx (Microsoft Powerpoint Open Document Format)
.wps (Microsoft Works)
.wpd (WordPerfect)
2 Press to select Print Files.
3 Press or to select a file to print.
4 Press .
Pausing print jobs
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel Printer (under Hardware and Sounds).
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start Settings Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 Select Pause.
Canceling print jobs
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel Printer (under Hardware and Sounds).
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start Settings Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 Select Open.
4 Right-click the document name.
5 Select Cancel.
Printing specialty documents
Choosing compatible specialty paper types
Heavyweight matte paper—A photo paper with a matte finish used for printing high-quality graphics.
Lexmark PerfectFinish
TM
Photo paper—A high-quality photo paper specifically designed for Lexmark inkjet
printers, but compatible with all inkjet printers. It is used specifically for printing professional quality photos with
a glossy finish. It is best when used with genuine Lexmark evercolor
TM
2 ink, providing photos that are fade- and
water-resistant.
Lexmark Photo Paper—An outstanding "everyday" heavyweight inkjet photo paper designed for use with
Lexmark printers, but compatible with all brands of inkjet printers. Although inexpensive, it offers excellent image
quality and outstanding value.
Transparency—A clear, plastic media primarily used for overhead projectors.
Printing
96
Card stock—A very thick paper used for printing sturdier items, such as greeting cards.
Iron-On transfer—A type of media that has a reverse image printed on it that can be ironed onto fabric.
Printing envelopes
1 Load envelopes in Tray 1 or one envelope in the small media feeder.
2 From the software application, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
4 From the Media Type list, select Automatic or Plain.
5 From the Paper Size list, select the envelope size loaded.
6 Select Portrait or Landscape orientation.
Note: Most envelopes use landscape orientation.
7 Click OK.
8 Click OK or Print.
Printing cards
1 Load greeting cards, index cards, or postcards in Tray 1 or one card in the small media feeder.
2 From the software application, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
4 Select a setting from the four available on the Print Setup tab: Automatic, Quick Print, Normal, or Best.
Select Best for photos and greeting cards and Normal for other types of cards.
Note: If you are unsure, select Automatic.
5 From the Media Type list, select Card Stock or one of the photo paper types listed.
6 From the Paper Size list, select the card size loaded.
7 Select portrait or landscape orientation.
8 Click OK.
9 Click OK or Print.
Note: To prevent smudging, remove each card as it exits, and let it dry before stacking.
Printing a document as a poster
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Advanced tab.
4 From the Layout list, select Poster.
Printing
97
5 Select the poster size you want to print. The number you select represents the number of pages that make up
the height and width of the poster.
6 Select Print Crop Marks if you want each page of the poster to show crop marks, which provide assistance in
aligning the pages to create a poster.
7 Click Select Pages To Print to reprint any damaged poster pages without having to print all of the poster pages.
Click pages to select or cancel them.
8 Click OK to close any printer software dialogs that are open.
9 Print the document.
Note: Certain programs may cause text to be clipped or to disappear when using extra-large or extra-small fonts. If
this occurs, try decreasing or increasing the font size.
Printing an image as a poster
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Photo Printing area of the Welcome Screen, click Poster.
3 If you are scanning a photo:
a Place the photo facedown on the scanner glass.
b Click File Add Photo from Scanner.
4 If you are not scanning a new item, open the folder that contains the photo you want to print as a poster.
5 Drag the photo to the Print a Multi-Page Poster preview area of the screen.
6 Click Next Step.
7 From the “Paper size to print poster on” drop-down list, select a paper size.
8 From the “Paper type to print poster on” drop-down list, select a paper type.
9 From the “Print quality for poster” drop-down list, select a print quality.
10 From the “Poster size” drop-down list, select the poster size.
11 If you want to rotate the poster so that it fits better on the printed pages, click Rotate 90 degrees.
12 Click Print Now.
Printing a booklet
1 Before you change any Printing Preferences settings, you must select the correct paper size from the program.
You can print booklets using these paper sizes:
Letter
A4
2 Load the paper.
3 With a document open, click File Print.
4 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
5 Click the Advanced tab.
6 From the Layout list, select Booklet.
Printing
98
7 From the drop-down menu, select the number of Sheets per bundle.
Note: A bundle is a set number of sheets of paper folded together. The printed bundles are stacked, one on top
of the other, keeping the correct page order. The stacked bundles can be bound to make a booklet. When printing
with a heavier paper stock, select a smaller number of Sheets per bundle.
8 Click OK to close any printer software dialog boxes that are open.
9 Print the document.
Assembling a booklet
1 Flip the printed stack of papers over in the paper exit tray.
2 Take the first bundle from the stack, fold it in half, and then set it aside with the front page down.
3 Take the next bundle from the stack, fold it in half, and then stack it with the front page down on top of the first
bundle.
4 Stack the rest of the bundles with the front page down, one on top of the other, until the booklet is complete.
5 Bind the bundles together to complete the booklet.
Printing on custom-size paper
1 Load up to 25 sheets of custom-size paper.
2 With a document open, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
4 The Print Setup tab automatically appears.
5 In the Paper Options section, from the “Paper size” list, select Custom Size.
The Define Custom Paper Size dialog appears.
6 Select the unit of measurement you want to use (inches or millimeters).
7 Click OK to close any printer software dialogs that are open.
8 Print the document.
Note: Do not force paper into the printer.
Printing
99
Printing iron-on transfers
1 Load up to 10 iron-on transfers.
Note: Do not force iron-on transfers into the printer.
2 With an image open, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
4 From the Media Type drop-down box on the Print Setup tab, select Iron-on Transfer.
5 Click the Advanced tab.
6 From the Layout list, select Mirror. This tells the printer software to flip the image.
If you do not want the image to be automatically flipped, select Normal from the Layout list.
7 Click OK to close any printer software dialogs that are open.
8 Print the iron-on transfers.
Printing transparencies
1 Load transparencies.
2 With a document open, click File Print.
3 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
4 From the Media Type list, select Transparency.
5 From the Paper Size list, select the size of the transparencies loaded (Letter or A4).
6 Click OK.
7 Click OK or Print.
Note: To prevent smudging, remove each transparency as it exits, and let it dry before stacking. Transparencies may
require up to 15 minutes to dry.
Printing a banner
1 Pull Tray 1 completely out of the printer.
Printing
100
2 Remove all paper from Tray 1.
3 Move the paper guides as though you were loading legal-size paper.
4 Squeeze the lever and pull to extend the tray to legal size.
1
2
A4
Legal
A4
Legal
5 Tear off only the number of sheets needed for the banner (up to 20 sheets).
6 Set the stack of pages in front of the printer.
7 Slide the first sheet from the banner stack of pages over the Tray 1 handle. Slide it all the way into the back of
Tray 1.
8 With your document open, click File Print.
9 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
10 Click the Advanced tab.
11 From the Layout drop-down menu, select Banner.
12 From the Banner Paper Size drop-down menu, select Letter Banner or A4 Banner.
13 Click OK.
14 Click OK or Print.
Printing
101
Printing on both sides of the paper (duplexing)
Understanding the two-sided printing function
The printer has a built-in duplex unit that lets you print on both sides of the paper automatically. This function is also
known as two-sided printing or duplexing.
Note: Automatic two-sided printing works only with plain paper in letter and A4 sizes. If you want to print two-sided
documents on another size or type of paper, use the manual method.
To print a two-sided copy:
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Advanced tab.
4 From the 2-Sided Printing area, select 2-Sided printing.
5 A drop-down box features Automatic and Manual options. Select Automatic when you are printing on plain
paper in letter or A4 sizes. If you are using a custom size or type of paper, select Manual.
6 Select either Sideflip or Topflip. Sideflip is the setting most often used.
7 The “Extend dry time” option allows extra drying time between sides when you are printing on both sides of the
paper. The normal drying time of the Automatic 2-Sided Printing option affords enough time for the ink to dry
on supported paper types in average air humidity. In conditions of high humidity, or if you find that the normal
drying time does not allow the ink to dry completely, you should select Extend dry time.
Select To
2-Sided Printing Print on both sides of the paper.
Automatic Have all documents printed on both sides
of the paper.
Note: To return to one-sided printing,
clear the 2-Sided Printing option on the
Advanced tab.
Manual Duplex a print job manually. You must
select this option when printing
two-sided jobs that will be printed on a
size or type of paper other than letter- or
A4-size plain paper (such as greeting
cards).
Sideflip Print the two-sided pages so they turn
like the pages of a magazine.
1
2
Printing
102
Select To
Topflip Print the two-sided pages so they read
like the pages of a legal pad.
1
2
Extend dry time Allow the ink to dry for a longer than
normal time on one side of the paper
before the page goes back into the
automatic duplex unit for printing on the
other side.
Print Instruction Page to Assist in
Reloading
Obtain a printed set of steps explaining
how to rotate and reload the paper for
manual two-sided printing.
For more information, see “Printing on both sides of the paper (duplexing) automatically” on page 103 and “Printing
on both sides of the paper (duplexing) manually” on page 104.
Printing on both sides of the paper (duplexing) automatically
The printer has a built-in duplex unit that lets you print on both sides of the paper automatically.
Note: Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) works only with plain paper in letter and A4 sizes. If you want to
print two-sided documents on another type or size of paper, use the manual duplexing method.
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Advanced tab
4 From the 2-Sided Printing area, select the 2-Sided Printing option, and then select either the Sideflip or Topflip
option. Sideflip is the setting most often used.
5 From the drop-down box, select Automatic.
6 You will see an “Extend dry time” option, which allows extra drying time between sides when you are printing
on both sides of the paper. The Automatic 2-Sided Printing option affords enough time for the ink to dry on
supported paper types in average air humidity. Under conditions of high humidity, or if the normal drying time
does not allow the ink to dry completely, you should select Extend dry time.
7 Click OK to close any printer software dialogs that are open. This will take you back to the General Print screen.
8 Click Print.
Note: To return to single-sided printing, return to the Advanced tab. From the 2-Sided Printing area, clear the
2-Sided Printing check box.
Printing
103
Printing on both sides of the paper (duplexing) manually
If you want to print a two-sided (duplex) document on a size or type of paper other than plain letter- or A4-size paper,
you must use the manual duplex method. This method involves printing the odd-numbered pages, then flipping
and reloading the stack of paper to print the even-numbered pages on the other side of the sheets.
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options or Setup.
3 Click the Advanced tab.
4 From the 2-Sided Printing area, select 2-Sided Printing.
5 From the drop-down box, select Manual.
6 The Print Instruction Page to Assist in Reloading item will be selected automatically.
7 Click OK.
8 The printer prints the odd-numbered pages and the instruction sheet, which describes how to flip and reload the
paper.
9 Following the instruction sheet, flip and reload the paper.
10 The printer then prints the even-numbered pages on the reverse sides of the odd-numbered pages, completing
the two-sided sheets.
Note: If you want to turn off the 2-Sided Printing function, go to the 2-Sided Printing area and clear the 2-Sided
Printing check box.
Printing
104
Changing printer settings
Saving and deleting print settings
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
3 Make necessary adjustments to any of the settings under the Print Setup tab, including those in the Paper Options,
Orientation, Copies sections.
4 From the Printing Preferences toolbar, click Profiles Save your current settings.
5 Click a radio button next to the number of the location where you want to save your settings, and then type a
name for your settings in the selected box.
Note: The first location contains Factory Default Settings, which cannot be changed or deleted.
6 Click Save.
Notes:
To retrieve your saved print settings from the Profiles drop-down menu, click Restore a Profile, and select the
settings from the list.
To delete saved print settings from the Profiles drop-down menu, choose Delete Profiles. Select the radio button
next to the setting you want to delete, and then click Delete.
Understanding the Printer Default Settings menu
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Printer Default Settings is highlighted.
Printing
105
4 Press .
5 After changing values, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
Set Time Set the current time by using the keypad numbers.
Set Date Set the current date by using the keypad numbers.
Paper Handling Change settings related to the loading of paper in the paper tray or trays. For
more information, see “Understanding the Paper Handling menu” on page 85.
Language Change the language shown on the control panel.
Country Change the country or region shown on the control panel to your country or
region.
Key Press Tone Turn on or off the tone that sounds when a control panel button is pressed.
Screen Saver Turn the screen saver function on or off.
Power Save Set the printer to enter a power saving mode after a certain amount of time.
Block Host Settings Choose to prevent other users, if your printer is connected to several computers,
from changing the printer settings.
Speaker Volume Set the volume of the speaker during a call. You can set the volume to off or low.
Resetting printer software to factory default settings
For Windows Vista users
1 Click Control Panel Printers (under Hardware and Sound).
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 Click Printing Preferences.
The Print Setup tab appears.
4 From the Printing Preferences toolbar, click Profiles Restore a profile Factory Settings.
5 Click OK.
For Windows XP or Windows 2000 users
1 Click Start Settings Printers or Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 Click Printing Preferences.
The Print Setup tab appears.
4 From the Printing Preferences toolbar, click Settings Load Factory Settings.
5 Click OK.
Note: Factory default settings cannot be deleted.
Printing
106
Understanding the Print Files Options menu
The Print Files Options menu is for printing files (rather than photos) from a memory card or flash drive. The menu
lets you specify the paper size and paper type for the documents you want to print. To use the Print Files function,
your printer must be connected to a computer, and both the printer and computer must be on.
1 Insert a memory card or flash drive containing document files into the printer.
The following file types are supported:
.doc (Microsoft Word)
.xls (Microsoft Excel)
.ppt (Microsoft Powerpoint)
.pdf (Adobe Portable Document Format)
.rtf (Rich Text Format)
.docx (Microsoft Word Open Document Format)
.xlsx (Microsoft Excel Open Document Format)
.pptx (Microsoft Powerpoint Open Document Format)
.wps (Microsoft Works)
.wpd (WordPerfect)
2 After the memory device is detected, press .
3 Press to enter the Paper Handling menu.
4 Use the control panel buttons to select a paper size and paper type.
5 Press to save your settings temporarily.
Resetting factory default settings
Resetting all settings
This method clears all status pages, such as Fax Send and Receive History, and all information you entered, such as
Phone Book or Speed Dial lists.
1 Turn the printer off.
2 Press and hold down and , and then press to turn the printer on.
Resetting only menu settings
This method does not clear any information entered by you, such as Phone Book or Speed Dial lists.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Maintenance is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Reset Defaults is highlighted.
4 Press .
The following message appears:
Reset all Menu Default settings to factory settings? Note: Items such as phone
lists, time, date, country, etc. will not be reset.
Printing
107
5 Press .
6 If your printer is connected to a network, the following message appears:
Also reset all network settings to factory defaults?
7 Press or to select Yes or No.
8 Press .
Note: If you choose to reset the network settings, you must go through the network setup process again to rejoin
your network.
Saving settings
In a settings menu, an * appears next to the default setting. To change the setting:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly to choose Copy, Photo, Print Files, Fax, Scan,
Setup, or Maintenance.
2 Press .
3 Press or , or press or repeatedly to choose the setting you want.
4 Press to select each setting you want.
Note: In Copy mode, pressing
also shows a preview.
5 Press while Yes is highlighted, or press repeatedly to save all temporary settings and return to the main
menu. An * appears next to the saved settings.
Note: The printer reverts to the default setting after two minutes of inactivity or if the printer is turned off. The Photo
settings will not time out after two minutes of inactivity or turning off the power, but they do return to the default
settings when a memory card or flash drive is removed.
Printing using Bluetooth technology
Inserting a Bluetooth adapter
1 Insert the Bluetooth adapter into the PictBridge port the front of the printer.
MS
XD
SD/MMC
CF/MD
PictBridge
Note: A converter cable may be necessary if your Bluetooth adapter does not fit directly into the port.
2 Wait for the printer to recognize that a Bluetooth adapter is inserted. The message Bluetooth Connected.
Refer to Bluetooth device owners’ manual for further information. appears.
Printing
108
3 If the printer does not read the Bluetooth adapter, remove and reinsert it.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch cables, the Bluetooth adapter, or the printer in the area shown
while actively printing from the Bluetooth-enabled device. A loss of data can occur. Also, do not remove the
Bluetooth adapter while actively printing from the Bluetooth-enabled device.
MS
X
D
SD
/MM
C
C
F/MD
PictB
r
idge
Note: The printer recognizes one active media device at a time. If you insert more than one media device, a message
appears on the display prompting you to designate the device you want the printer to recognize.
Setting the Bluetooth mode
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Bluetooth Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Bluetooth Enable is highlighted.
6 Press or until On appears.
7 Press or repeatedly until Discovery Mode is highlighted.
8 Press or until On appears.
9 Press or repeatedly until Security is highlighted.
10 Press or until Low or High appears, depending on your choice.
11 If you want to input a pass key number (similar to a password) for the device, press or repeatedly until
Pass Key is highlighted.
Use the keypad to enter the pass key number.
12 Press to save and exit.
The message Bluetooth Default Print Settings Saved appears.
Printing
109
Printing using Bluetooth
You can print photos from a Bluetooth-enabled device such as a camera phone using a Bluetooth adapter.
1 Load photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the printable
side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Make sure that the Bluetooth Enable and Discovery Mode menu items on your printer control panel
are set to On. For more information, see “Setting the Bluetooth mode” on page 109.
3 Insert a Bluetooth adapter into the PictBridge port on the front of the printer.
M
S
XD
SD/MMC
CF/MD
PictBridge
Note: A Bluetooth adapter is sold separately.
4 Once the printer detects the Bluetooth adapter, the following message appears on the printer display for five
seconds: Bluetooth Dongle Connected.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch cables, the Bluetooth adapter, or the printer in the area shown
while actively printing from the Bluetooth-enabled device. A loss of data can occur. Also, do not remove the
Bluetooth adapter while actively printing from the Bluetooth-enabled device.
M
S
XD
SD/M
M
C
C
F/M
D
PictBridge
5 To print photos from your Bluetooth-enabled device, see the documentation that came with the product.
Notes:
To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects.
For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry
at least 24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
If a Bluetooth adapter is removed, the printer detects that it is missing and the following message appears
on the printer display for five seconds: Bluetooth Dongle Disconnected.
Printing
110
Understanding the Bluetooth Default Settings menu
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Bluetooth Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 After making your choices, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
Bluetooth Enabled Turn the Bluetooth function on or off.
Discovery Mode Turn the discovery mode on or off. Choosing On allows the printer to detect
other compatible Bluetooth-enabled devices.
Security Set the security level to Low or High. The default setting is Low, which allows
Bluetooth-enabled devices to connect and send jobs to the printer without
entering a pass key. If the security is set to High, a four-digit pass key is required
before Bluetooth-enabled devices can connect to the printer.
Pass Key Set or change the pass key. The default value is “0000”.
Trusted Devices - Clear All Clear the list of Bluetooth-enabled devices allowed to communicate with the
printer.
Device Name View the Device Name and the Universally Administered Address (UAA) number
automatically assigned to your Bluetooth-enabled device.
Device Address View the 48-bit address of your Bluetooth-enabled device.
Paper Handling Set or change the default settings for the loading of paper in the paper tray or
trays. For more information, see “Understanding the Paper Handling menu” on
page 85.
Printing
111
Working with photos
Retrieving and managing photos
Inserting a memory card
1 Insert a memory card.
Insert the card with the brand name label facing up.
If there is an arrow on the card, make sure it points toward the printer.
If needed, make sure you connect the memory card to the adapter that came with it before inserting it into
the slot.
2
1
M
S
X
D
S
D
/M
M
C
C
F
/M
D
P
ictB
r
id
g
e
Slot Memory card
1
High Capacity Secure Digital (with adapter)
Memory Stick
Memory Stick PRO
Memory Stick Duo (with adapter)
Memory Stick PRO Duo (with adapter)
Micro Secure Digital (with adapter) (Micro SD)
Mini Secure Digital (with adapter) (Mini SD)
MultiMedia Card (MMC)
MultiMedia Card mobile (with adapter) (MMCmobile)
Reduced Size MultiMedia Card (with adapter) (RS-MMC)
Secure Digital (SD)
xD-Picture Card
xD-Picture Card (Type H)
xD-Picture Card (Type M)
2
Compact Flash Type I and Type II
Microdrive
Working with photos
112
2 Wait for the light located near the top memory card slot on the printer to come on. The light blinks to indicate
the memory card is being read or is transmitting data.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch cables, any network adapter, the memory card, or the printer in
the area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the memory card. A loss of data can occur. Also,
do not remove the memory card while actively printing, reading, or writing from it.
M
S
XD
SD
/M
M
C
C
F/M
D
PictBridge
When the printer detects the memory card, the message Memory Card Detected appears on the control
panel display.
If the printer does not read the memory card, remove and reinsert it.
Notes:
The printer recognizes one memory card at a time. If you insert more than one memory card, a message appears
on the display prompting you to remove all memory cards inserted.
If a flash drive is inserted in the PictBridge port at the same time as a memory card is inserted in the card slot, a
message appears on the display prompting you to choose which memory device to use.
Inserting a flash drive
1 Insert the flash drive into the PictBridge port on the front of the printer.
MS
XD
SD/MMC
CF/MD
PictBridge
Note: An adapter may be necessary if your flash drive does not fit directly into the port.
2 Wait for the printer to recognize that a flash drive is installed. When the flash drive is recognized, the message
Storage Device Detected appears.
Working with photos
113
If the printer does not read the flash drive, remove and reinsert it.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch cables, any network adapter, the flash drive, or the printer in the
area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the flash drive. A loss of data can occur. Also, do not
remove the flash drive while actively printing, reading, or writing from the flash drive.
MS
X
D
SD
/MM
C
C
F/MD
PictB
r
idge
Note: The printer recognizes one active media device at a time. If you insert more than one media device, a message
appears on the display prompting you to designate the device you want the printer to recognize.
Understanding the Photo Card Mode menu
The Photo Card Mode menu can be accessed after inserting a memory card or flash drive into the printer.
Note: If you connect a digital camera set to a supported format to the printer, you will be asked if you want to use
PictBridge. Choose No to display the Photo Card Mode menu.
1 Insert a memory card or flash drive.
2 After the memory device is detected, press .
From here You can
Browse and Print Photos
View photos.
Choose photos for editing and printing.
Specify the number of copies to print.
Select Computer Choose a network host computer.
This selection is displayed only if the wireless adapter of the printer is properly
configured.
Photo Proof Sheet Print and then scan a proof sheet:
For all photos
For the most recent 20 photos, if there are 20 or more photos on your
memory device.
By date
Print All Photos Print all the photos in one of the following layouts:
1 per page
2 per page
3 per page
4 per page
Index print
Working with photos
114
From here You can
View Slideshow
View a slideshow of photos.
Select a photo or photos for printing.
Save Photos Choose to save photos to a computer or flash drive.
Change Default Settings Choose default settings for photo size, layout, quality, and paper handling.
Print Camera Selections Print Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) selections.
This option appears only when there is a valid DPOF file on your memory
device.
Understanding the PictBridge Default Print Settings menu
The PictBridge Default Print Settings menu lets you select default printer settings that are used if no settings are
selected from your digital camera. For more information on making camera selections, see the documentation that
came with your camera.
To access the PictBridge Default Print Settings menu:
1 Connect a PictBridge-enabled digital camera to the printer.
2 After the camera is detected by the printer, press .
From here You can
Photo Size Specify the size of the photo or photos to be printed.
Layout Choose the layout of the photo or photos to be printed.
Quality Choose the quality of the photo or photos to be printed.
Paper Handling Set the default paper size and paper type.
Understanding the Photo Default Settings menu
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Photo Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 After changing values, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
Photo Size Set the photo size.
Layout Specify a layout from options including automatic, borderless, one photo centered, or one, two,
three, four, six, eight, or 16 photos per page.
Quality Specify a print quality of automatic, normal, draft, or photo.
Paper Handling Change settings related to the loading of paper in the paper tray or trays. For more information,
see “Understanding the Paper Handling menu” on page 85.
Working with photos
115
Transferring photos from a memory device to the computer using
the control panel
If the printer is connected directly to a computer, or connected to a computer through a wireless network connection,
you can transfer photos from a memory card or flash drive to the computer.
Notes:
You cannot transfer photos from a memory device to a computer through an external network adapter.
The printer may require that you select a computer (and a PIN if required by that computer).
1 Insert a memory card or a flash drive that contains the images you want to transfer.
2 After the memory device is detected, press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Save Photos is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or to select Computer.
6 Press .
If the computer is connected directly to the printer through a USB cable:
a Press to begin saving photos to your computer.
b Follow the instructions on the computer screen.
If the printer is connected to a wireless network, you will be asked to select the computer that you want to use.
a Press or to select a computer.
b Press .
If you set a PIN during network setup and are being asked for it:
1 Enter the PIN using the and to select a digit location and the and to select a value for that
digit.
2 Press .
c Press to begin saving photos to the computer.
d Follow the instructions on the computer screen.
Transferring all photos from a memory card using the computer
1 Insert a memory card into the printer with the label facing up. If the computer is connected to a wireless network,
you must select the printer.
Note: For a network connection, you must manually open the application and select the printer you want to
use.
The Productivity Studio software launches automatically on your computer.
2 Click Automatically save all photos to “My Pictures.”
3 If you want to erase the photos from the memory card, click Yes.
Note: Make sure all the photos have been copied before you click Yes to erase.
4 Click Done. Remove the memory card to view your transferred photos in the Library.
Working with photos
116
Transferring selected photos from a memory card using the
computer
1 Insert a memory card into the printer with the brand name label facing up.
The Productivity Studio software launches automatically on your computer.
Note: For a wireless network connection, you must first open the application and then select the printer you
want to use.
2 Click Select photos to save.
3 Click Deselect All.
4 Click to select the photo(s) you want to transfer.
5 Click Next.
6 If you want to save the photos to the default folder, click Next.
7 If you want to save the photos in a folder other than the default folder:
a Click Browse.
b Select the folder you want.
c Click OK.
8 If you want to assign a prefix to all of the photos you just transferred, click the check box and enter a name.
9 Click Next.
10 If you want to erase the photos from the memory card, click Yes.
Note: Make sure all the photos have been copied before you select Yes to erase.
11 Click Done. Remove the memory card to view your transferred photos in the Library.
Transferring selected photos from a CD or flash drive using the
computer
1 Insert a CD or a flash drive into the computer.
2 If you are using Windows Vista, an “AutoPlay” screen appears.
Click Transfer Photos to your computer using the Productivity Studio.
3 If you are using Windows XP, a “What do you want Windows to do?” screen appears.
Click Transfer Photos to your computer using the Productivity Studio.
If you are using Windows 2000:
a From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
b Click Transfer Photos.
4 Click Select photos to save.
5 Click Deselect All.
6 Click to select the photo(s) you want to transfer.
7 If you want to save the photos to the default folder, click Next.
Working with photos
117
8 If you want to save the photos in a folder other than the default folder:
a Click Browse.
b Select the folder you want.
c Click OK.
9 If you want to assign a prefix to all of the photos you just transferred, select the check box and enter a name.
10 Click Next.
11 Remove the CD or flash drive to view your transferred photos in the Library.
Transferring photos from a memory card to a flash drive
1 Insert a memory card that contains the images you want to transfer.
2 After the memory card is detected, press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Save Photos is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or to select USB Flash Drive.
6 Insert the flash drive.
7 Press .
8 Press or to highlight your selection among the following options:
Save All “N” Photos (where “N” is the number of photos on the memory card detected by the printer)
Save Recent Date Photos
Save Date Range
9 Press .
10 Follow the instructions on the control panel display of the printer.
Notes:
If there is not enough memory on the flash drive, a prompt appears on the display.
Do not remove the flash drive until a message appears on the display indicating that copying is complete.
Changing the Productivity Studio temporary files preferences
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Tools menu, click Preferences.
3 Click Temporary Files.
a Use the slider to set the maximum disk space you want to allocate for temporary files created by the
Productivity Studio.
b Click Browse to choose a different folder for saving the temporary files.
4 Click OK.
Working with photos
118
Changing the Productivity Studio searched folders preferences
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Tools menu, click Preferences.
3 Click Searched Folders.
4 If you want to exclude system folders when looking for photos, select Ignore system folders.
5 Click OK.
Changing the Productivity Studio library preferences
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Tools menu, click Preferences.
3 Click Library.
From here, you can choose how you want to sort photos. You can also set the minimum file size for the photo to
appear in the library.
4 Click OK.
Changing the Productivity Studio transfer settings
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Tools menu, click Preferences.
3 Click Transfer Settings.
a Select “Skip Save option and go automatically to”, and choose to Automatically Save, Manually Save, or
Print your photos from the photo storage device connected to your computer.
b Click Browse to choose a different folder to transfer your photos to.
c Select “Always erase photos from my media after transferring” to automatically delete photos from your
photo storage device after transferring them to your computer.
4 Click OK.
Editing photos
Editing photos using the control panel
1 Load photo paper in Tray 1 or in the small media feeder.
Note: Load the photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the
printable side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Insert a memory card or flash drive.
3 From the control panel, press .
4 Press to select Browse and Print Photos.
5 Press or to navigate through the photos.
Working with photos
119
6 Press to select a photo for editing and printing.
7 Press .
8 Press to select Edit Photo.
From here You can
Brightness Adjust the brightness of a photo.
Rotate Rotate a photo in 90-degree increments clockwise or counterclockwise.
Crop Crop a photo.
Auto Enhance Enhance a photo automatically.
Remove Red Eye Reduce the red-eye effect caused by light reflection.
Colorized Effect Select whether to print a photo in black and white, sepia, antique brown,
or antique gray. These effects can make photos appear old or antique.
Frames Select a frame for the photo.
9 Make your selections using the control panel buttons.
10 Press to save your changes.
11 Press to go back to the photo.
12 Press or to select the number of copies to print.
Note: The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
13 You can select more photos for printing and editing by repeating step 5 through step 12.
14 Press to go to the print preview screen.
15 If you want to adjust the print settings:
a Press .
b Make your selections using the control panel buttons.
c Press to save your selections, and then go back to the print preview screen.
16 Press to print.
Note: To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects.
For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at
least 24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Understanding the Photo Edit Mode menu
Use the Photo Edit Mode menu to edit photos before printing. You can access the menu while viewing a photo.
1 Insert a memory card or flash drive.
2 From the control panel, press .
3 Press to select Browse and Print Photos.
4 Press or to navigate through the photos.
Working with photos
120
5 Press to select a photo.
6 Press .
7 Press to select Edit Photo.
From here You can
Brightness Adjust the brightness of a photo.
Rotate Rotate a photo in 90-degree increments clockwise or counterclockwise.
Crop Crop a photo.
Auto Enhance Enhance a photo automatically.
Remove Red Eye Reduce the red-eye effect caused by light reflection.
Colorized Effect Select whether to print a photo in black and white, sepia, antique brown, or
antique gray. These effects can make photos appear old or antique.
Frames Select a frame for the photo.
Cropping a photo
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click Crop Photo on the Quick Fixes tab.
3 Click and drag with your mouse to select the section of the image that you want to crop. You can adjust the
cropped area by using your mouse and dragging the lines to increase or decrease the cropped area.
4 Click Crop Now.
5 The cropped portion of the original image displays in the Preview pane. You can save the cropped image.
Rotating a photo
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click the Quick Fixes tab.
3 Click Rotate Left or Rotate Right to rotate the image 90 degrees in either direction.
The thumbnail of the photo is updated.
Changing the Resolution / Size of a photo
Resolution refers to dpi (dots per inch).
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With the image open, click the Advanced tab.
3 Click Image Resolution / Size.
Working with photos
121
4 Select Photo Size to select from a list of defined photo sizes, or click Custom Size to enter a different photo size.
Note: If you selected Photo Size, you can click Rotate to rotate your photo 90 degrees clockwise.
5 If you selected Custom Size, enter the width and height for your custom-size photo.
Note: Maintain Aspect Ratio is selected by default. This ensures that your image will remain proportional.
Applying One-Click Auto Fixes to a photo
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With the image open, click One-Click Auto Fix to let the software automatically adjust both the brightness and
contrast of your image.
Note: If you would like to adjust only the brightness, click Automatic Brightness.
3 Click Automatic Red-Eye Reduction to let the software automatically reduce the appearance of red-eye effect
in your image.
Note: If you are not satisfied with the results after applying any of the One-Click Auto Fixes, you can click
Undo to remove them.
4 To save the photo, click Save.
5 To print the photo, click Photo Prints.
Reducing the red-eye effect in a photo
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click the Quick Fixes tab.
3 Click Automatic Red-Eye Reduction to let the software reduce the red-eye effect automatically. If you are not
satisfied with the results, continue with the steps below.
4 Click Manual Red-Eye Reduction.
5 Move the cursor across the photo, and place it over an affected eye.
6 Click to reduce the red-eye effect.
Blurring/Sharpening a photo
Increasing the amount of blur will soften your image. Increasing the sharpness will make your image seem more
focused.
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click the Enhancements tab.
3 Click Blur / Sharpen.
4 Use the slider to blur or sharpen the image. You can preview the changes to the image by comparing the
Before and After preview panes at the top of the window.
5 Click OK to accept your changes, or click Cancel to reject them.
Working with photos
122
Enhancing a photo
The Enhance feature lets you make subtle adjustments to the brightness, contrast, and sharpness of an image.
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click the Enhancements tab.
3 Click Enhance.
4 Use the slider to adjust the Enhance setting. You can preview the changes to your image by comparing the
Before and After preview panes at the top of the window.
Note: Click Automatic to let the software automatically enhance your photo.
5 Click OK to accept your changes, or click Cancel to reject them.
Enhancing photo print quality using Printing Preferences
The Image Enhancements tab lets you adjust the contrast, flash fill, and sharpness of a photo. You can choose
automatic or manual settings to make the changes you want. The preview window shows the results of the selected
image enhancements on your photo.
1 With a photo open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Image Enhancement tab.
4 From the Contrast Enhancements area of the screen, select Automatic if you want the printer to apply an optimum
amount of contrast, or On if you want to manually control the amount of contrast with the slider. Move the slider
to control how much contrast is applied. Select Off to apply no contrast.
5 From the Flash Fill area of the screen, select Automatic if you want the printer to lighten the darker areas of a
photo, or On if you want to manually control the amount of flash fill with the slider. Move the slider to control
how much flash fill is applied. Select Off to apply no flash fill.
6 From the Image Sharpening area of the screen, select None to apply no image sharpening or softening. Select
Automatically Sharpen Images if you want the printer to sharpen a photo, or Automatically Soften Images if
you want the printer to blur or soften a photo.
Working with photos
123
7 From the Preview area of the screen, you can see the image as it will look with the Image Enhancement settings
you have chosen. You can apply more or less contrast, flash fill, or sharpness to further alter the image. If you do
not like the results with the automatic settings, try selecting the manual settings. If you want to return to the
original image without enhancements, click Cancel.
8 ClickOK to print.
Changing the Hue / Saturation of a photo
Adjusting hue lets you control the color of an image. Adjusting its saturation lets you control the intensity of the
color.
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click the Enhancements tab.
3 Click Hue / Saturation.
4 Use the slider to adjust the hue or saturation of your photo. You can preview the changes to the image by
comparing the Before and After preview panes at the top of the window.
5 Click OK to accept your changes, or click Cancel to reject them.
Changing the Gamma Value of a photo or image
Adjusting the gamma value helps you to control the overall brightness of an image—particularly those intended to
be viewed on a computer monitor. When images are not properly gamma-corrected, they will look either too light
or too dark.
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click Advanced.
3 Type a value in the text box, or use the up or down arrows to select a higher or lower gamma value.
Note: You can enter gamma values from -10–10. If you are not satisfied with your changes, return the gamma
value back to 0.
4 Click Save to keep your changes.
Despeckling a photo
Despeckling lets you remove specks that appear in a photo.
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With the image open, select Despeckle from the list under the Quick Fixes tab.
3 Using the slider, adjust the Despeckle setting. You can preview the changes to the image by comparing the Before
and After preview panes at the top of the window.
4 Click OK. The thumbnail is updated.
Changing the Brightness / Contrast settings of a photo
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click Enhancements.
Working with photos
124
3 Click Brightness/Contrast.
4 Adjust the brightness and contrast settings. You can preview the changes to the image by comparing the
Before and After preview panes at the top of the window.
5 Click OK to accept your changes, or click Cancel to reject them.
Note: You can let the software automatically adjust only the brightness of the image by clicking Automatic
Brightness on the Quick Fixes tab.
Applying a color effect to a photo
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click the Enhancements tab.
3 Click Color Effects.
4 Apply a color effect.
You can select sepia, antique brown, black and white, or antique grey.
5 Click OK.
Changing the Exposure setting of a photo
Changing the Exposure setting lets you correct lighting irregularities in your photo.
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 With an image open, click Enhancements.
3 Click Exposure.
4 Using the slider, adjust the amount of exposure to correct uneven lighting in your image. You can preview the
changes to your image by comparing the Before and After preview panes at the top of the window.
5 Click OK to accept your changes, or click Cancel to reject them.
Removing wavy patterns from scanned photos, magazines, or
newspapers
Descreening helps to remove wavy (moire) patterns from images scanned from magazines or newspapers.
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click File Open to select the image you want to edit.
2 Click the Advanced tab.
3 Click Image Patterns.
4 To remove the image patterns caused by scanning from magazines or newspapers, click Remove Patterns.
5 From the drop-down list, select the patterns to be removed.
6 To reduce stray marks on color photos, click the check box, and then move the slider to the desired value.
7 Click OK. The thumbnail is updated.
Working with photos
125
Printing photos
Printing a photo or selected photos
1 Load photo paper in Tray 1 or in the small media feeder.
Note: Load the photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the
printable side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Insert a memory card or flash drive.
3 From the control panel, press .
4 Press to select Browse and Print Photos.
5 Press or to navigate through the photos.
6 Press to select a photo for printing.
7 If you want to edit the photo, view the photo in full screen mode, change the print settings, or see a print preview
of the photo:
a Press .
b Make your selections using the control panel buttons.
c Press to save your changes.
d Press to go back to the photo.
8 Press or to select the number of copies to print.
9 You can select more photos for printing and editing by repeating step 5 through step 8.
10 Press to go to the print preview screen.
11 If you want to adjust the print settings after seeing the preview:
a Press .
b Make your selections.
c Press to save your selections, and then go back to the print preview screen.
12 Press to print.
Note: To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects.
For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at
least 24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Printing all photos from a memory device
1 Load photo paper in Tray 1 or in the small media feeder.
Note: Load the photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the
printable side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Insert a memory card or flash drive.
3 From the control panel, press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Print All Photos is highlighted.
Working with photos
126
5 Press .
6 Press or to select the number of photos to be printed on a page.
7 Press .
8 If you want to adjust the print settings:
a Press .
b Make your selections using the control panel buttons.
c Press to save your selections.
9 Press to print.
Note: To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects.
For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at
least 24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Printing photos stored on a memory device using the proof sheet
1 Load plain letter- or A4-size paper.
2 Insert a memory card or flash drive.
3 From the control panel, press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Photo Proof Sheet is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or to specify which category of photos you want to print.
You can print a proof sheet:
For all photos on the memory card
For the 20 most recent photos, if there are 20 or more photos on the card
By date, if the photos on the card were taken on different dates. If you choose this option, use the arrow
buttons on the control panel to choose the date range, then press
to save your selections.
7 Press .
8 Press again.
One or more proof sheets print.
9 Follow the instructions on the proof sheet to select which photos to print, the number of copies per photo, red-eye
reduction, page layout, print options, and paper size.
Note: When making selections, be sure to fill in the circles completely.
10 Load the proof sheet facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner.
11 From the control panel, press to select Scan Proof Sheet.
12 Press .
The printer scans the proof sheet.
Working with photos
127
13 Load photo paper in Tray 1 or in the small media feeder.
Note: Load the photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the
printable side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
14 Press to print your photos.
Note: To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects.
For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at
least 24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Printing photos from a PictBridge-enabled digital camera
PictBridge is a technology available in most digital cameras that lets you print directly from your digital camera
without using a computer. You can connect a PictBridge-enabled digital camera to the printer, and use the camera
to control printing photos.
1 Insert one end of the USB cable into the camera.
Note: Use only the USB cable that came with the camera.
2 Insert the other end of the cable into the PictBridge port on the front of the printer.
MS
XD
SD/MMC
CF/MD
PictBridge
Working with photos
128
Notes:
Make sure the PictBridge-enabled digital camera is set to the correct USB mode. If the camera USB selection
is incorrect, the camera will be detected as a USB storage device, or an error message will be displayed on
the control panel of the printer. For more information, see the camera documentation.
The printer reads only one media device at a time.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch the USB cable, any network adapter, or the printer in the area
shown while actively printing from a PictBridge-enabled digital camera. A loss of data can occur. Also, do not
remove the USB cable or network adapter while actively printing from a PictBridge-enabled digital camera.
M
S
XD
SD/MM
C
CF/M
D
P
ictBridge
3 If the PictBridge connection is successful, the following message appears on the display: Camera Connected.
Refer to Camera display or Camera owners manual for further information.
After a few seconds, the following message appears: Use Camera to choose and print photos.
Press
to select printer default settings.
4 To use the camera to control printing photos, see the instructions in the camera documentation.
Press
on the control panel to specify the PictBridge default print settings, which are used if no selections are
made on the camera.
Printing photos from a digital camera using DPOF
Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is a feature available on some digital cameras. If your camera supports DPOF, you
can specify which photos to print, how many of each, and print settings while the memory card is still in the camera.
The printer recognizes these settings when you insert the memory card into the printer.
Note: If you specified a photo size while the memory card was still in the camera, make sure the size of the paper
loaded in the printer is not smaller than the size you specified in the DPOF selection.
1 Load photo paper in Tray 1 or in the small media feeder.
Note: Load the photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the
printable side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Insert a memory card.
3 From the control panel, press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Print Camera Selections is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press again.
Working with photos
129
7 Press or to preview the photos.
8 Press to print.
Note: To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects.
For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at
least 24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Printing photos from a CD or removable storage device using the
computer
1 Load photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the printable
side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Insert a CD or any removable storage device (such as a flash drive, memory card, or digital camera) into the
computer.
If you are using Windows Vista, an “AutoPlay” screen appears. Click Transfer Photos to your computer using
the Productivity Studio.
If you are using Windows XP, a “What do you want Windows to do?” screen appears. Click Transfer Photos
to your computer using the Productivity Studio.
If you are using Windows 2000:
a From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
b Click Transfer Photos.
3 Click Select photos to print.
4 To print all photos, click Print.
5 To print selected photos, click Deselect All and select only the photo(s) you want to print.
6 Click Print.
7 From the Quality drop-down list, select a print quality.
8 From the Paper Size in Printer drop-down list, select the paper size.
9 To select multiple prints of a photo, or to select photo sizes other than 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in.), select the options
you want in the table. Use the drop-down list in the last column to view and select other sizes.
Note: If you want to edit your photo or photos before printing, click Edit Photo above the Print Preview pane.
Select One-Click Auto Fix, Automatic Red-Eye Reduction, or Automatic Brightness Fix to let the software
edit your photos automatically. Click More Retouch Tools to go to the photo-editing window. When you've
completed your edits, click Return with edits in the bottom right corner to return to the print window.
10 Click Print Now in the bottom right corner of the window.
11 Remove the CD or storage device.
Viewing / Printing photos from the Productivity Studio
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 Click Work with Documents and Photos.
3 Click to select the photo(s) you want to print.
4 From the Productivity Studio taskbar located at the bottom of the screen, click Photo Prints.
Working with photos
130
5 From the Quality drop-down list, select a copy quality.
6 From the Paper Size in Printer drop-down list, select the paper size.
7 From the Paper Type in Printer drop-down list, select the paper type
8 To select multiple prints of a photo, or to select photo sizes other than 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 in.), select the options
you want in the table. Use the drop-down list in the last column to view and select other sizes.
9 Click Print Now in the bottom right corner of the screen.
Printing Photo Packages
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 Click Photo Packages.
3 Click to select the photos you want to include in your photo package.
4 Click Next.
5 From the Quality drop-down list, select a copy quality.
6 From the Paper Size in Printer drop-down list, select the paper size.
7 From the Paper Type in Printer drop-down list, select the paper type.
8 To select multiple prints of a photo, or to select photo sizes other than 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm), select the options
you want in the table. Use the drop-down list in the last column to view and select other sizes.
9 Click Print Now in the bottom right corner of the screen.
Creating Photo Greeting Cards
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 Click Photo Greeting Cards.
3 From the Style tab, click to select a style for your greeting card.
4 From the Photo tab, select and drag a photo into the preview pane on the right side of the screen.
5 Click the text area to be able to add text to your photo greeting card.
6 When you have finished editing your text, click OK.
7 If you want to create another photo greeting card using a different style and/or photo, click Add New Card, and
repeat step 3 on page 131 through step 6 on page 131.
8 If you want to print your photo greeting card, select Print your Photo Greeting Card from the Share tab.
9 Select the number of copies from the Copies drop-down list.
10 Select the copy quality from the Quality drop-down list.
11 Select the paper size from the Paper Size in Printer drop-down list.
Paper sizes supported Dimensions
A4 210 x 297 millimeters
Letter 8.5 x 11 inches
Working with photos
131
Paper sizes supported Dimensions
Greeting cards 4 x 8 inches (10.16 x 20.32 centimeters)
12 Click Print Now.
13 If you want to e-mail your photo greeting card, click E-mail your Photo Greeting Card from the Share tab.
14 From the Send Quality and Speed area of the screen, select the image size.
15 Click Create E-mail to create an e-mail message with your photo greeting card(s) attached.
Creating a slideshow
Creating and viewing a slideshow
1 From the Productivity Studio Welcome Screen, click Work with Documents and Photos.
2 Select the folder that contains the photos you want to include in the slideshow. Thumbnails of the photos in the
folder will appear in a preview pane.
3 Click to select the photos you want to include in the slideshow, and then select Slideshow.
If you want additional photos to appear in specific order, click the photos in the order you want them to appear,
and then drag them into the “Photos in Your Slideshow” area.
4 Click the Slideshow Settings tab to adjust the amount of time between each photo in the slideshow. You can
also modify the setting that lets the slideshow replay automatically (loop).
5 Click the Share tab to save or print your slideshow.
6 Click View Show in the lower-right corner of the window to start the slideshow.
Note: You can exit the slideshow any time by moving your cursor to the bottom center of the screen and clicking
Exit Slideshow.
Viewing a slideshow of photos on the control panel display
1 Insert a memory card or flash drive that contains the images you want to view.
2 After the memory device is detected, press .
3 Press or repeatedly until View Slideshow is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or to select a speed for the slideshow.
6 Press .
Note: Pressing
while viewing a photo selects that photo for printing.
Working with photos
132
Copying
Making a copy
You can make a copy using the Automatic Document Feeder or the scanner glass. Use the scanner glass for copies
requiring optimal reproduction.
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass
in the upper left corner.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
Understanding the Copy Mode menu
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 After making your choices, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
Color Choose to copy in color or black and white.
Copies Specify the number of copies to print. You can choose from one to 99.
Resize Choose to resize the copy by a percentage or according to other options.
Quality Set the quality of a copy as Normal, Photo, Auto, or Draft.
Lighter/Darker Adjust the brightness of a copy.
Paper Handling Change settings related to the loading of paper in the paper tray or trays.
For more information, see “Understanding the Paper Handling menu” on
page 85.
Collate Copy multiple pages as a set. The last page copied is printed first.
2-Sided Copies Choose to make:
A one-sided copy of a one-sided original
A two-sided copy of one-sided originals
A one-sided copy of a two-sided original
A two-sided copy of a two-sided original
Copying
133
From here You can
N-Up Choose how many pages to print on a sheet of paper. You can choose
one, two, or four pages per sheet.
Layout Choose how many copies of an image to print on a page. You can choose
one, four, nine, or 16 per page.
Original Size Specify the size of the document being copied.
Content Type Specify the type of document being copied: text and graphics, photo, text
only, or line drawing.
Change Default Settings Change the default copy settings.
Changing the default copy settings
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Default Settings is selected.
4 Press .
From here You can
Color Choose to copy in color or black and white.
Quality Adjust the quality of a copy.
Original Size Specify the size of the document being copied.
Content Type Specify the type of document being copied
2-Sided Copies Choose to make:
One-sided copies of a one-sided original
Two-sided copies of one-sided originals
One-sided copies of a two-sided original
Two-sided copies of a two-sided original
Paper Handling Change settings related to the loading of paper in the paper tray or
trays. For more information, see “Understanding the Paper Handling
menu” on page 85.
5 Use the control panel buttons to navigate the menu items and make your choices.
6 Press to save your settings.
Copying
134
Making a color or black-and-white copy
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass
in the upper left corner.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Color is highlighted.
7 Press or to choose Color or Black & White.
8 If the original document is loaded on the scanner glass, you can preview the copy:
a Press to preview the copy.
b Press to continue adjusting the settings.
c Repeat step a and step b as needed.
9 Press to save your settings temporarily.
10 Press .
Copying on both sides of the paper (duplexing)
The printer has a built-in duplex unit that lets you print on both sides of the paper.
1 Load paper.
Note: Use only plain paper in letter or A4-size for making duplex copies. Do not make duplex copies on envelopes,
card stock, or photo paper.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass
in the upper left corner.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until 2-Sided Copies is highlighted.
6 Press or to select among the following options: 1-Sided Original, 1-Sided Copy; 1-Sided Original, 2-Sided
Copy; 2-Sided Original, 1-Sided Copy; or 2-Sided Original, 2-Sided Copy.
Copying
135
7 Press .
8 Follow the instructions on the control panel display of the printer.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch the paper while the printer is actively printing.
Copying photos
1 Load photo paper with the glossy or printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the printable
side, see the instructions that came with the paper.)
2 Place a photo facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner.
Note: Do not load photos in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
The Copy Mode menu appears.
6 Adjust the copy settings as needed using the control panel buttons. To make a borderless copy, choose the
Borderless option under Resize. For more information, see “Understanding the Copy Mode menu” on page 133.
7 After making your choices, press to save your settings temporarily.
8 Press .
Note: To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects.
For best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at
least 24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Copying a photo using the computer
1 Place the photo facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 From the Welcome screen, click Copy.
Copying
136
4 Select Photo.
5 Click Start.
The photo appears in the right pane.
6 From the Quality drop-down list, select the copy quality.
7 From the Paper Size in Printer drop-down list, select the paper size.
8 From the Paper Type in Printer drop-down list, select the paper type.
9 To select multiple prints of a photo, or to select photo sizes other than 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm), select the options
you want in the table. Use the drop-down list in the last column to view and select other sizes.
10 Click Copy Now in the bottom right corner of the screen.
Adjusting copy quality
Quality is related to the resolution used for the copy job. Resolution involves a dots-per-inch (dpi) count; the higher
the dpi count, the higher the resolution and copy quality.
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass
in the upper left corner.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Quality is highlighted.
7 Press or to choose among the following options: Normal, Photo, Auto, or Draft.
8 If the original document is loaded on the scanner glass, you can preview the copy:
a Press to preview the copy.
b Press to continue adjusting the settings.
c Repeat step a and step b as needed.
9 Press to save your settings temporarily.
10 Press .
Copying
137
Making a copy lighter or darker
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass
in the upper left corner.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Lighter/Darker is highlighted.
7 Press or to adjust the brightness of the copy.
8 If the original document is loaded on the scanner glass, you can preview the copy:
a Press to preview the copy.
b Press to continue adjusting the settings.
c Repeat step a and step b as needed.
9 Press to save your settings temporarily.
10 Press .
Collating copies using the control panel
If you print multiple copies of a multiple-page document, you can choose to print each copy as a set (collated) or to
print the copies as groups of pages (not collated).
Collated Not collated
3
3
2
2
1
1
3
3
2
2
1
1
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original, multiple-page document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), with the first page
on top. If you are loading on the scanner glass, load the first page of the original document facedown in the upper
left corner.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
Copying
138
6 Press or repeatedly until Collate is highlighted.
7 Press or to choose On.
8 Press .
If you loaded the original document in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), the printer prints the copies.
If you loaded the original document on the scanner glass:
a The printer saves the image of the page to the printer memory, and then asks if you want to include another
page. Press
to choose Yes.
b Load the second page of the original document facedown on the scanner glass, and then press .
c Repeat step a and step b until:
All the pages you want to copy have been saved to the printer memory. Press to print.
The memory is full. When this happens, the printer automatically begins printing the copies.
Repeating an image on one page
You can print the same image multiple times on one sheet of paper. This option is helpful in creating labels, decals,
flyers, handouts, and so on.
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner.
Note: You cannot repeat an image on a page if you load the original document in the ADF.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Layout is highlighted.
7 Press or to choose the number of times an image appears on a page: once, four times, nine times, or 16
times.
8 Press to preview the copy.
9 Press to continue adjusting the settings.
10 Repeat step 8 and step 9 as needed.
11 Press to save your settings temporarily.
12 Press .
Copying
139
Copying multiple pages on one sheet (N-Up)
You can fit multiple pages of separate images or pages on one sheet of paper. The scanned images are rotated and
resized to fit on the printed page.
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original, multiple-page document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), with the first page
on top. If you are loading on the scanner glass, load the first page of the original document facedown in the upper
left corner.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until N-up is highlighted.
6 Press or to choose the number of pages to copy on a single sheet of paper. You can copy one page, two
pages, or four pages on a sheet.
Note: If you loaded the original document in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), make sure the number of
pages loaded in the ADF at a time equals at least the number of pages you want to copy on a single sheet of
paper.
7 Press .
If you loaded the original document in the ADF, the printer scans the original document and prints the copy.
If you loaded the original document on the scanner glass:
a The printer saves the image of the page to the printer memory, and then asks if you want to include another
page. Press
to choose Yes.
b Load the second page of the original document facedown on the scanner glass, and then press .
c Repeat step a and step b until:
All the pages you want to copy have been saved to the printer memory. Press to print.
The printer memory is full. When this happens, the printer automatically begins printing the copies.
Enlarging or reducing an image
1 Load paper.
2 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
4 Press or to select the number of copies.
The number of copies is automatically set to 1.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Resize is highlighted.
7 Press or to choose among the following options: 50 percent, 100 percent, 200 percent, Custom, Fit to Page,
2x2 Poster, 3x3 Poster, 4x4 Poster, or Borderless.
Copying
140
8 Press to preview the output.
9 Press to adjust the settings.
10 Repeat step 8 to step 9 as needed.
11 Press to save your settings temporarily.
12 Press .
Canceling a copy job
You must have started a copy job to complete this task.
1 Wait for the Copy Mode screen to appear.
2 Press .
Note: If the copy job contained multiple pages loaded into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), the copy
stops printing on the page it was on when you pressed
. This page ejects as an incomplete copy.
Copying
141
Scanning
Scanning a document
1 Make sure the printer is connected to a computer, and both the printer and the computer are on.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Scan is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 If your printer is connected to more than one computer:
a Press or repeatedly until the computer to which you want to scan is highlighted.
b Press .
If you set a PIN during network setup and are being asked for it:
1 Enter the PIN using and to select a digit location and and to select a value for that digit.
2 Press .
6 Wait until the printer has finished downloading the scan applications list.
7 Make your selections using the control panel buttons.
8 Press .
9 Follow the instructions on your computer screen.
Understanding the Scan Mode menu
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Scan is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 If your printer is connected to more than one computer:
a Press or repeatedly until the computer to which you want to scan is highlighted.
b Press .
If you set a PIN during network setup and are being asked for it:
1 Enter the PIN by pressing and to select a digit location, and then press and to select a value
for that digit.
2 Press .
4 Wait until the printer has finished downloading the scan applications list.
Scanning
142
From here You can
Scan to Choose the computer receiving the scan, if there is more than one computer
connected to the printer.
Color Choose to scan your document in color or black and white.
Quality Choose a scan quality: 150 dots per inch (dpi), 300 dpi, or 600 dpi.
Original Size Set the size of the original document.
Change Scan Default
Settings
Change the default scan settings. These settings are for color, quality, and original
size.
Changing the default scan settings
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Scan is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 If your printer is connected to more than one computer:
a Press or repeatedly until the computer to which you want to scan is highlighted.
b Press .
If you set a PIN during network setup and are being asked for it:
1 Enter the PIN using and to select a digit location and and to select a value for that digit.
2 Press .
4 Wait until the printer has finished downloading the scan applications list.
5 Press or repeatedly until Change Scan Default Settings is highlighted.
6 Press .
From here You can
Color Choose to scan your document in color or black and white.
Quality Choose a scan quality: Automatic, 150 dots per inch (dpi), 300 dpi, or 600 dpi.
Original Size Set the size of the original document: Auto Detect, L, 2L, A6, A5, B5, A4, Wallet,
3 in x 5 in, 4 in x 6 in, 4 in x 8 in, 5 in x 7 in, 8 in x 10 in, or letter.
7 Use the control panel buttons to navigate the menu items and make your choices.
8 Press to save your settings.
Scanning
143
Scanning a document using the computer
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 Click Scan.
4 Select the Document option.
5 Click Start.
The scanned document is loaded into your default word processing application. You can now edit the document.
Scanning text for editing
The Optical Character Recognition (OCR) feature turns a scanned document into text you can edit with a word-
processing application.
1 Make sure the printer is connected to a computer, and both the printer and the computer are powered on.
2 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
3 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
4 From the Welcome Screen, click Scan and Edit Text (OCR).
5 Select the Document option.
6 Click Start.
The scanned document is loaded into your default word-processing application. You can now edit the document.
Scanning images for editing
1 Make sure the printer is connected to a computer, and both the printer and the computer are on.
2 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
3 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
4 Click Scan.
Scanning
144
5 Select the Photo or Several Photos option.
6 Click Start.
You can edit the scanned image.
Scanning a photo to Work with Documents and Photos
1 Load a photo facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 Click Work with Documents and Photos.
4 From the Add menu, click Add New Scan.
5 Select the Photo option.
6 Click Start.
The photo is placed in the current folder in Work with Documents and Photos.
Scanning multiple photos at one time using the computer
1 Place the photos facedown on the scanner glass.
Note: For best results, place photos with the most space possible between the photos and the edges of the scan
area.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 Click Scan.
4 Select the Several Photos option.
5 Click Start.
Scanning
145
Scanning in color or black and white
1 Make sure the printer is connected to a computer, and both the printer and the computer are on.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Scan is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 If your printer is connected to more than one computer:
a Press or repeatedly until the computer to which you want to scan is highlighted.
b Press .
If you set a PIN during network setup and are being asked for it:
1 Enter the PIN using and to select a digit location and and to select a value for that digit.
2 Press .
6 Wait until the printer has finished downloading the scan applications list.
7 Press or repeatedly until Color is highlighted.
8 Press or to choose Color or Black & White.
9 Press to preview the copy.
10 Press to continue adjusting the settings.
11 Repeat step 9 and step 10 as needed.
12 Press .
13 Follow the instructions on your computer screen.
Creating a PDF from a scanned item
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 From the Welcome Screen, click Convert to PDF.
4 Select Photo, Several Photos, or Document.
5 Click Start to begin scanning.
6 Click Add Another to scan additional images, or to add an image from the Library.
7 To add or scan another image, do one of the following:
Select Add New Scan and repeat step 3 to scan another image
or
Select Add Photo from Library to add a previously scanned image. Select or deselect images by clicking on
them in the preview pane.
8 Select Save all images as one PDF file or Save each image as individual PDF file.
Scanning
146
9 Click Create PDF.
10 If you want to save the scanned image separately, make your selections and click Save. Otherwise, click Cancel
when the Photo Save options appear.
The software prepares your PDF and opens a Save dialog.
11 Enter a file name for your PDF and select a storage location.
12 Click Save.
Canceling a scan job
To cancel a job being scanned on the scanner glass, go to the control panel, and press .
To cancel a scan job started in the Productivity Studio, click Scan and then click Stop.
Customizing scan settings using the computer
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 Click Scan.
3 Click Custom Settings.
4 Change the settings as needed.
Setting Options
Color Depth Select Color, Gray, or Black and White.
Scan Resolution (Dots Per Inch) Select a scan resolution value from the drop-down list.
Size
You can auto-crop the scanned item.
You can select the area to be scanned. From the drop-down list, select
a paper source.
Convert the image to text with OCR Convert an image to text.
Always use these settings when
scanning
Make your selections permanent by selecting the check box.
Scanning to a computer over a network using the control
panel
1 Make sure:
The printer is connected to a network through a print server or through a wireless network connection.
The printer, the print server (if used), and the computer receiving the scan are all turned on.
The printer is configured to scan over a network.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Scan is highlighted.
Scanning
147
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until the computer to which you want to scan is highlighted.
6 Press .
If you set a PIN during network setup and are being asked for it:
a Enter the PIN, select a digit location, and select a value for that digit.
b Press .
7 Wait until the printer has finished downloading the scan applications list.
8 Make your selections using the control panel buttons.
9 Press .
10 Follow the instructions on the screen of the computer receiving the scanned item.
Saving a scanned image on the computer
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 Close the top cover.
3 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
4 Click Scan.
5 Select the Photo or Several Photos option.
6 Click Start.
7 From the Save or Edit screen menu bar, click Save.
8 To save to another folder, click Browse, and select a folder. Click OK.
9 To rename the file, enter the name in the File Name area. To assign the name as a prefix to all of your photos,
select the Start all photos with File Name check box.
10 To save the photo as another file type, select the file type from the File Type drop-down list.
11 To select a date for the photo, click the drop-down list, and select a date from the calendar.
12 Click Save.
Scanning
148
Scanning clear images from magazines or newspapers
Use the descreening feature to help remove wavy patterns from images scanned from magazines or newspapers.
1 Make sure the printer is connected to a computer, and both the printer and the computer are on.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
4 From the Welcome Screen, click Scan.
5 Select the type of image you are scanning, and then click Start.
The Scan/Edit screen appears.
6 Click the Advanced tab, which is to the right of the Enhancements tab.
7 Click Image Patterns.
8 Select the Remove image patterns from magazine/newspaper (descreen) check box.
9 From the “What patterns need to be removed?” area, select Magazine or Newspaper.
10 Click OK to accept your changes, or click Cancel to reject them.
Changing the Productivity Studio scan settings
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Tools menu on the toolbar, click Preferences.
3 Click Scan Settings.
Select Always use simple scan settings to use the default scan settings.
Select Always start scanning with the settings below to customize the remaining scan settings.
From the Color Depth area, select the color depth from the drop-down list.
From the Scan Resolution (Dots per inch) area, select the resolution value from the drop-down list.
Click Auto-crop the scanned item to use the slider to select your crop value.
Click Select area to be scanned to select the value from the drop-down list.
Click Convert images to text with OCR to convert images to text.
4 Click OK.
Adding a file to an e-mail message
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Document Management area, click Work with Documents and Photos.
3 Open the folder where the file is stored. The thumbnail is displayed in the list of files to be sent.
4 Click to select a file or files.
5 Click E-mail to create an e-mail message with the saved file or files attached.
Scanning
149
Adding a new scanned image to an e-mail message
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 Place the image facedown on the scanner glass, and close the top cover.
3 Click E-mail.
4 Click Start. The image is scanned.
5 From the Send Quality and Speed area of the screen, select the image size.
6 Click Create E-mail to create an e-mail message with your scanned image(s) attached.
Scanning documents or images for e-mailing
You can e-mail attached scanned images using your default e-mail application.
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 Click E-mail.
4 Select Photo, Several Photos, or Document, depending on what you are scanning.
5 Click Start.
6 If you are scanning a photo, select the photo size from the Send Quality and Speed area.
7 Click Create E-mail to have the images attached to an e-mail message.
Changing the Productivity Studio e-mail screen
preferences
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Tools menu, click Preferences.
Scanning
150
3 Click E-mail Screen.
Click Remember my last selection to use the photo size you selected in your most recent e-mail message.
Click Original Size (Good for Printing) to send photo attachments at their original size.
Click Reduced to: 1024 x 768 (Good for Full-screen Viewing) to send photo attachments at 1024 x 768 pixels.
Click Reduced to: 640 x 480 (Good for Quick Viewing) to send photo attachments at 640 x 480 pixels.
4 Click OK.
Scanning
151
Faxing using the control panel
Sending a fax using the control panel
Sending a fax using the control panel
This is the best way to send a fax if you are faxing documents that are already printed.
1 Make sure the printer is on and is connected to a working phone line.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
4 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
5 Enter a fax number. For more information on the methods you can use to enter a fax number, see the table that
begins with step 4 on page 153.
Notes:
You can include a calling card number as part of the fax number.
A fax number can include up to 64 numbers, commas, periods, and/or the symbols * or #.
6 Press to start the fax job.
Note: If you are scanning individual pages using the scanner glass, after each page is scanned, the message
Would you like to include another page in the fax? appears to prompt you either to scan
another page or to send the fax right away.
7 If you want to send a fax to a group of numbers (broadcast fax), enter the fax numbers using any combination of
the methods listed in the table that begins with step 4, until a maximum of 30 fax numbers have been entered.
Entering a fax number
1 Make sure the printer is on and is connected to a working phone line.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
Faxing using the control panel
152
4 Enter a fax number using:
Method How to
The text box Enter a fax number using the keypad.
Notes:
You can include a calling card number as part of the fax number.
A fax number can include up to 64 numbers, commas, periods,
and/or the symbols * or #.
Press to insert a three-second pause in a number you are
entering to wait for an outside line or get through an automated
answering system.
Name Search
a Press or repeatedly until Phone Book is highlighted.
b Press .
The Phone Book menu appears with Name Search highlighted.
c Press .
d Press or repeatedly until the name you want is highlighted.
e Press .
f Press to start the fax job.
Phone Number Search
a Press or repeatedly until Phone Book is highlighted.
b Press .
The Phone Book menu appears with Name Search highlighted.
c Press or repeatedly until Phone Number Search is
highlighted.
d Press .
e Press or repeatedly until the phone number you want is
highlighted.
f Press .
g Press to start the fax job.
Group Search
a Press or repeatedly until Phone Book is highlighted.
b Press .
The Phone Book menu appears with Name Search highlighted.
c Press or repeatedly until Group Search is highlighted.
d Press .
e Press or repeatedly until the group you want is highlighted.
f Press .
g Press to start the fax job.
Faxing using the control panel
153
Method How to
On Hook Dial On Hook Dial is a manual dialing feature that lets you dial a telephone
number while listening to the call through a speaker on the printer. It
is useful when you must navigate through an automated answering
system or enter a calling card number before sending your fax.
Note: You cannot use On Hook Dial when you are using the Speed
Dial, Group Dial, or broadcast fax functions.
a Press or repeatedly until On Hook Dial is highlighted.
b Press .
You can now hear the dial tone of the telephone line.
c Press the keypad numbers to navigate through an automated
answering system.
d Enter a fax number using any of the methods listed in this table.
Note: Only one fax number can be entered for On Hook Dial.
e Press to start the fax job.
Note: If you want to send a fax to a group of numbers (broadcast fax), repeat step 4, using any combination of
the methods, until a maximum of 30 fax numbers have been entered. Once all fax numbers are entered, press
to start the fax job.
Sending a fax while listening to a call (On Hook Dial)
The manual dialing feature lets you dial a telephone number while listening to the call through a speaker on the
printer. It is useful when you must navigate an automated answering system or enter a calling card number before
sending your fax.
1 Make sure the printer is on and connected to a working telephone line.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
4 Press or repeatedly until On Hook Dial is highlighted.
5 Press .
You can now hear the dial tone of the telephone line.
6 Press the keypad numbers to navigate through an automated answering system.
7 Enter a fax number. For more information on the methods you can use to enter a fax number, see the table that
begins with step 4 on page 153.
Notes:
You can include a calling card number as part of the fax number.
A fax number can include up to 64 numbers, commas, periods, and/or the symbols * or #.
Only one fax number can be entered for On Hook Dial.
8 Press .
Faxing using the control panel
154
Sending a broadcast fax at a scheduled time
You can send a fax to a combination of up to 30 people or groups at a time you choose.
1 Make sure the printer is connected to a working telephone line.
2 Load an original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) or facedown on the scanner glass.
Note: Do not load postcards, photos, small items, transparencies, photo paper, or thin media (such as magazine
clippings) into the Automatic Document Feeder. Place these items on the scanner glass.
3 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
4 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
5 Enter a fax number. For more information on the methods you can use to enter a fax number, see the table that
begins with step 4 on page 153.
Notes:
Group Dial is not supported with broadcast fax.
You can include a calling card number as part of the fax number.
A fax number can include up to 64 numbers, commas, periods, and/or the symbol: * or #.
6 To send a fax to a group of numbers (broadcast fax), use any combination of the methods in step 4 on
page 153, until a maximum of 30 fax numbers have been entered.
7 Press or repeatedly until Delay Sending Fax is highlighted.
8 Press .
The Delay Sending Fax menu appears. The current time is shown.
9 Use the keypad to enter the hour you want to send the fax in the Time to Send Fax field. You can enter the hour
based on a 12-hour or 24-hour system.
10 Press once.
11 Enter the minute you want to send the fax in the Time to Send Fax field.
12 Press once.
13 Press keypad 1 for AM, keypad 2 for PM, or keypad 3 for 24 Hr.
Note: You can also press
or repeatedly to scroll through AM, PM, or 24 Hr.
14 Press .
Note: At the designated time, the fax numbers are dialed and the fax is sent to all of the designated fax numbers. If
the fax transmission is unsuccessful to any of the numbers on the broadcast list, the unsuccessful numbers will be
dialed again.
Faxing using the control panel
155
Receiving a fax using the control panel
Receiving a fax manually
1 Make sure the printer is on and is connected to a working telephone line.
2 Make sure that the Auto Answer function is off.
Note: An indicator, resembling a telephone handset with the word FAX under it, is shown in the top left corner
of the display when Auto Answer is on.
To disable Auto Answer:
a From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
b Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
c Press or repeatedly until you reach Auto Answer.
d Press or repeatedly until Off appears.
e Press to save and exit.
3 To receive the fax, press .
or
4 Press * 9 * on the telephone after you answer it and hear fax tones.
5 Hang up the telephone.
The printer receives the fax.
Receiving a fax automatically
1 Make sure the printer is on and is connected to a working phone line.
2 Make sure that Auto Answer is on. For more information, see “Setting Auto Answer to On” on page 156.
Note: An indicator, resembling a telephone handset with the word FAX under it, is shown in the top left corner
of the display when Auto Answer is on.
3 Set the number of times the telephone rings before the printer automatically receives faxes. To set this, see
“Setting the number of rings before receiving a fax automatically” on page 165.
Setting Auto Answer to On
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
3 Press or repeatedly until you reach Auto Answer.
4 Press or repeatedly until On appears.
5 Press to save and exit.
Faxing using the control panel
156
Using Caller ID from the control panel
Caller ID is a service provided by some telephone companies that identifies the telephone number (and possibly the
name) of the person who is calling. If you subscribe to this service, it works with the printer. When you receive a fax,
the telephone number of the person who is sending you the fax appears on the display.
Note: Caller ID is available only in some countries and regions.
The printer supports two distinct Caller ID patterns: Pattern 1 (FSK) and Pattern 2 (DTMF). Depending on the country
or region you live in and the telecommunications company you subscribe to, you may need to switch the pattern to
display Caller ID information.
1 Make sure the printer is on and is connected to a working telephone line.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Ringing and Answering is highlighted.
7 Press .
8 Press or repeatedly until you reach Caller ID Pattern.
9 Press or repeatedly until the setting you want appears.
10 Press to save the setting and exit.
Receiving a fax with an answering machine
Note: You must set up the equipment as shown in “Connecting to an answering machine” on page 32.
To receive a fax with an answering machine connected to the printer:
1 Make sure that the Auto Answer function is on.
Note: An indicator, resembling a telephone handset with the word FAX under it, is shown in the top left corner
of the display when Auto Answer is on.
2 Make sure you have set the number of times the telephone rings before receiving a fax automatically. For more
information, see “Setting the number of rings before receiving a fax automatically” on page 165
When a telephone ring is detected, the answering machine picks up the call.
If the printer detects a fax, it receives the fax and disconnects the answering machine.
If the printer does not detect a fax, the answering machine receives the call.
3 Set the answering machine to answer incoming calls before the printer does.
For example, if you set the answering machine to answer calls after three rings, set the printer to answer calls
after five rings.
Faxing using the control panel
157
Forwarding faxes
Use the fax forwarding feature if you are going to be away, but still want to receive your faxes. There are three fax
forwarding values or settings:
Off—(Default)
Forward—The printer sends the fax to the designated fax number.
Print & Forward—The printer prints the fax and then sends it to the designated fax number.
To set up fax forwarding:
1 Make sure the printer is on and is connected to a working telephone line.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
4 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Ringing and Answering is highlighted.
7 Press .
8 Press or repeatedly until you reach Fax Forward.
9 Press or repeatedly until the value you want appears.
10 Press .
11 Enter the number to which you want to forward the fax.
12 Press to save the number.
Printing a fax on both sides of the paper
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Fax Printing is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach 2-Sided Print.
8 Press or to select the 2-Sided Print setting.
9 Press .
10 Press to save and exit.
Faxing using the control panel
158
Customizing dial settings using the control panel
Understanding the Fax Mode menu
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 After making your choices, press to save your selections as the default settings.
From here You can
01) Enter a fax number or group of numbers to send a fax.
Phone Book Add, edit, and print names and fax numbers of
individuals or groups.
Redial History View the redial list.
On Hook Dial Dial a telephone number while listening to the call
through a speaker on the printer. This is useful when you
must navigate an automated answering system before
sending your fax.
Delay Sending Fax Enter a specific time to send a fax.
Note: Make sure the date and time are entered correctly
before setting a specific time to send a fax.
Auto Answer Answer all incoming phone calls.
Edit Fax Settings Change fax settings, such as Cover Page, Color, Quality,
and Lighter/Darker, and Original Size.
Fax Setup Access the Fax Setup menu. For more information, see
“Understanding the Fax Setup menu” on page 159.
Understanding the Fax Setup menu
The Fax Setup menu can be accessed from the Fax Mode menu as well as from the Setup menu. For more information
on the Fax Mode menu, see “Understanding the Fax Mode menu” on page 159.
To access the Fax Setup menu using the Setup menu:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Fax Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 After changing values, press to save your selections as the default settings.
Faxing using the control panel
159
From here You can
Speed Dial Phone Book Access the Phone Book menu. For more information, see
“Understanding the Phone Book menu” on page 160.
History and Reports Access the History and Reports menu. For more information, see
“Understanding the History and Reports menu” on page 160.
Ringing and Answering Access the Ringing and Answering menu. For more information,
see “Understanding the Ringing and Answering menu” on
page 161.
Fax Printing Access the Fax Printing menu. For more information, see
“Understanding the Fax Printing menu” on page 161.
Dialing and Sending Access the Dialing and Sending menu. For more information, see
“Understanding the Dialing and Sending menu” on page 162.
Fax Blocking Access the Fax Blocking menu. For more information, see
“Understanding the Fax Blocking menu” on page 162.
Understanding the Phone Book menu
From here You can
Name Search Search for contacts or add contacts to your phone book.
Phone Number Search Search for phone numbers or add phone numbers to your phone book.
Add Entry Add a name and a fax number. The printer automatically assigns a new entry a Speed Dial
number.
Note: Enter a name and a fax number in the provided fields using the keypad numbers.
Spell out a name using the numbers associated with each letter as you would on a telephone
or cell phone.
Group Search Search for a previously defined group and add it to a fax list.
Add Group Create a Group Name and select previously defined names to be added to the group.
Print List Print the contents of your phone book.
Understanding the History and Reports menu
From here You can
View History on Screen
View a list of fax activities—whether a fax was sent or received, followed by the date,
time and fax number (if provided by sender).
Redial a fax number, or choose to add the number to your phone book or list of
blocked fax numbers. You can also clear all fax history.
Print Sent History Print a history of all faxes sent
Print Received History Print a history of all faxes received.
View Pending Faxes
View a list of faxes that have not yet been sent.
Cancel pending fax jobs.
Report Determine when to print a fax activity report. You can choose to print manually or after
every 40 fax jobs.
Faxing using the control panel
160
From here You can
Print Fax Activity History Print a report detailing the last 40 faxes sent and received.
Confirmation Determine when to print a report of a fax transmission. You can choose to print:
Every time a fax is sent, successfully or not
Only if there is a transmission error
Not at all
Understanding the Ringing and Answering menu
From here You can
Ring Volume Set the ring volume to off, low, or high.
Pickup On Choose to receive a fax after the first, second, third, or fifth ring.
Distinctive Ring Set the ring pattern to any ring, a single ring, a double ring, or a triple ring.
Auto Answer Schedule Specify a schedule for Auto Answer to turn on or off.
Fax Forward Choose:
Not to forward faxes. The printer will print all received faxes.
To print a copy of a received fax and forward the call to a number you choose.
To Forward a received fax without printing a copy of the fax.
Manual Pickup Keycode Set the manual pickup code so you can choose to receive an incoming fax even if the
printer is set to ignore the call, such as when Auto Answer is turned off.
The default manual pickup keycode is *9*.
Caller ID Pattern Choose from one of the following patterns available based on the country or region you
selected during initial setup:
Pattern 1 (FSK)
Pattern 2 (DTMF)
If phones in your country use two detection patterns, call your telecommunications
company to determine its prescribed pattern.
Understanding the Fax Printing menu
From here You can
If Too Big Choose to print a fax that is too big for the paper loaded in the printer by fitting it into a page, or
using two pages.
Fax Footer Choose whether or not to print identifying information at the bottom of each page of a fax.
2-Sided Print Choose to print received faxes on one or both sides of a sheet of paper.
Paper Handling Change settings related to the loading of paper in the paper tray or trays. For more information,
see “Understanding the Paper Handling menu” on page 85.
Faxing using the control panel
161
Understanding the Dialing and Sending menu
Use this To
Your Fax Number Enter your fax number by using the keypad. This number
is shown on the cover page of outgoing faxes.
Your Fax Name Enter the name of the printer by using the keypad. This
name is shown on the cover page of outgoing faxes.
Cover Page Choose whether or not to send a cover page with the
outgoing fax.
Color Choose to send a fax in color or black and white.
Quality Choose a copy quality: Standard, Fine, Superfine, or
Ultrafine.
Lighter/Darker Adjust the brightness of a copy.
Dial Method Choose a dialing method: Touch-Tone, Pulse, or Behind
PBX (Dial Tone Detect Off).
Redial Time Set the length of time (1–8 minutes) before redialing.
Redial Tries Set the number of redial attempts (zero through five
times).
Dial Prefix Choose to enter a dial prefix for accessing an outside line
or making national or international direct calls.
Dial Volume Set the dial volume to off, low, or high.
Scan Choose to scan a document you want to fax before or
after you dial.
Max Send Speed Choose a maximum speed (in bits per second or bps) for
sending faxes.
Auto Fax Conversion Choose to automatically convert your document to a
digital image ready for sending.
Error Correction Choose to turn error correction on or off.
Original Size Specify the size of the document being sent.
Understanding the Fax Blocking menu
From here You can
Block List Choose to turn on or off your list of blocked numbers.
You can include up to 50 numbers in your Block List.
Block No-ID Choose to block incoming calls that do not provide Caller
ID information.
Blocked Fax Name Search
Search a name in your Block List.
Edit a blocked name by pressing .
Blocked Fax Entry Number Search
Search a number in your Block List.
Edit a blocked number by pressing .
Faxing using the control panel
162
From here You can
Blocked Fax Add Entry Add entries to your Block List by using the control panel
and keypad buttons.
Print Blocked Fax List Print the contents of your Block List.
Using the control panel phone book
The phone book is a directory of Speed Dial entries (1–89) and Group Dial entries (90–99).
To access the Phone Book menu:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
3 Press or repeatedly until Phone Book is highlighted.
4 Press .
The Phone Book menu appears.
5 Press or repeatedly until you highlight one of the following as needed:
Use this To
Name Search View names previously added using Add Entry, and add names to a fax list.
Phone Number Search View phone numbers previously added using Add Entry, and add numbers to a fax list.
Add Entry Add a name and a fax number. The printer automatically assigns a new entry a Speed
Dial number.
Note: Enter a name and a fax number in the provided fields using the keypad numbers.
You spell out a name using the numbers associated with each letter as you do on a
telephone or cell phone.
Group Search Search for a previously defined group, and add it to a fax list.
Add Group Create a group name, and select previously defined names to be added to the group.
Print List Print a list with the name, the fax number, and the Speed Dial number of each person.
Note: This is available when Phone Book entries exist.
6 Press to enter the menu item you highlighted, and follow the instructions on the display.
7 Press to exit and save any entries you made.
Note: For instructions on how to add Speed Dial or Group Dial entries to the phone book using the computer, see
“Setting up Speed Dial” on page 174.
Faxing using the control panel
163
Setting up a dialing prefix
You can add a prefix of up to eight characters to the beginning of each number dialed. Characters can include
numbers, commas, and/or the symbols * or #.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Dial Prefix .
8 Press or repeatedly until Create appears.
9 Press .
10 Enter the prefix to be dialed before each telephone number.
11 Press to save and exit.
Setting the distinctive ring
Distinctive ring is a service provided by some telephone companies that assigns multiple phone numbers to a single
telephone line. If you subscribe to this service, you can program your printer to have a distinctive ring pattern and
phone number for incoming faxes.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Ringing and Answering is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Distinctive Ring.
8 Press or repeatedly until the ring pattern you want appears.
9 Press to save and exit.
Faxing using the control panel
164
Setting up to fax while behind a PBX
If the printer is being used in a business or office, it may be connected to a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) telephone
system. Ordinarily, when dialing a fax number, the printer waits to recognize the dial tone and then dials the fax
number. However, this method of dialing may not work if the PBX telephone system uses a dial tone that is not
recognizable to most fax machines. The “Dialing while behind a PBX” feature enables the printer to dial the fax number
without waiting to recognize the dial tone.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Dial Method.
8 Press or repeatedly until Behind PBX (Dial Tone Detect Off) appears.
9 Press to save and exit.
Setting the number of rings before receiving a fax automatically
1 Make sure that Auto Answer is on. For more information, see “Setting Auto Answer to On” on page 156.
Note: An indicator, resembling a telephone handset with the word FAX under it, is shown in the top left corner
of the display when Auto Answer is on.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Ringing and Answering is highlighted.
7 Press .
8 Press or repeatedly until you reach Pick-up On.
9 Press or repeatedly until the setting you want appears.
10 Press to save and exit.
When the number of rings you set is detected, the printer automatically receives the incoming fax.
Faxing using the control panel
165
Managing faxes using the control panel
Setting up a fax footer
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Fax Printing is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Fax Footer.
8 Press or repeatedly until On appears.
9 Press to save and exit.
Creating a fax cover page using the control panel
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Edit Fax Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until you reach Cover Page.
6 Press or repeatedly until Yes appears.
7 Press .
Wait for the Cover Page menu to appear. Use this menu to edit items for your fax cover page, such as your From
#, your name, your phone number, your fax number, and the priority of the fax you plan to send.
8 Press or to choose a From #.
9 Press to edit other items for the cover page. Use the keypad to enter numbers or characters.
10 Press to save and exit when you finish creating the cover page.
Printing fax activity reports
You can print reports of faxes sent and/or received.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
The Fax Mode menu appears.
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
Faxing using the control panel
166
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until History and Reports is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or until you reach Report.
8 Press or repeatedly until the type of report you want to print appears.
9 Press to print the report and exit.
Printing the Fax Settings List
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Print Fax Settings List is highlighted.
4 Press to print a user default settings list which lists each fax setting in the printer, the value it is set to, and its
factory default.
Blocking unwanted changes to fax settings
This feature blocks network users from changing fax settings through the Fax Setup Utility.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Printer Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until you reach Block Host Settings.
6 Press or repeatedly until On appears.
7 Press to save and exit.
Blocking junk faxes
If you have Caller ID, you can block faxes sent from specific numbers and/or all faxes which do not include a Caller
ID number.
1 To turn on the Block List feature:
a From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
b Press .
c Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
d Press .
e Press or repeatedly until Fax Blocking is highlighted.
f Press .
g Press or repeatedly until you reach Block List.
Faxing using the control panel
167
h Press or repeatedly until On appears.
i Press to save and exit.
2 To add each fax number you want to block:
a From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
b Press .
c Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
d Press .
e Press or repeatedly until Fax Blocking is highlighted.
f Press .
g Press or repeatedly until you reach Blocked Fax Add Entry.
h Press .
i Use the keypad numbers to enter the name of the person associated with the fax number in the Name field.
j Press once.
k Use the keypad numbers to enter the fax number in the Fax Number field.
l Press to save and exit.
3 To block faxes sent from an unidentified number (a number with no Caller ID):
a From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
b Press .
c Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
d Press .
e Press or repeatedly until Fax Blocking is highlighted.
f Press .
g Press or repeatedly until you reach Block No-ID.
h Press or repeatedly until On appears.
i Press to save and exit.
4 If you want to print a list of blocked faxes:
a From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
b Press .
c Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
d Press .
e Press or repeatedly until Fax Blocking is highlighted.
f Press .
g Press or repeatedly until you reach Print Blocked Fax List.
h Press to print the list.
Note: This feature is available only when there are blocked fax entries.
Faxing using the control panel
168
Faxing using the computer
Sending a fax using the computer
Sending a fax using the software
This is the best way to send a fax if you also want to save a copy of it on your computer.
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 From the Welcome Screen, click Fax.
4 Select the Document option.
5 Click Start.
6 Enter the recipient information, and then click Next.
Note: A fax number can include up to 64 numbers, commas, periods, spaces, and/or these symbols: * # + - ( ).
7 Enter the cover page information, and then click Next.
8 If there are any additional documents that you want to send with your fax, do one of the following:
Click Add another document file to add a file saved on your computer.
Click Add another scan to scan another printed document.
9 Follow the instructions on the screen, and then click Next.
10 To send your fax:
Immediately—Select the Send now option.
At a scheduled time:
a Select the Delay sending until option.
b Set a time and date.
11 If you want a paper copy of your fax, select Print a copy of your fax.
12 Click Send.
Sending and managing faxes using the Fax Solutions Software
This is the best way to send a fax if you are faxing a document stored on your computer.
The Fax Solutions Software lets you adjust how faxes are sent and received. When you save the settings, they apply
to every fax you send or receive. You can also use this software to create and edit the Speed Dial list.
1 To open the program:
a Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
b Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
c Click Fax Solutions.
Faxing using the computer
169
2 When the Fax Solutions Software appears, as shown, use the “I Want To” menu to:
Send a fax.
Adjust the Speed Dial list and other fax settings.
View and use the phone book, so you can add new contacts or groups, edit or delete contacts or groups, and
add contacts or groups to Speed Dial lists.
View several sample cover pages that you can choose from. You can also add your company logo to a sample
cover page.
3 To access any of the items in the “I Want To” menu, click the item.
4 If needed, click the toolbar items to:
Click To
Fax
Send a fax.
Forward a fax.
View, print, or modify a fax.
Delete a fax.
Retry to send a fax.
Tools
Access and use the phone book.
View several sample cover pages you can choose from.
View a fax history.
Change software preferences for fax lists.
Adjust fax settings.
Help Locate information on faxing, fax settings, and so on.
For information on changing fax settings, see “Customizing settings using the Fax Setup Utility” on page 175.
5 After changing settings, click OK.
6 Close the Fax Solutions Software.
Receiving a fax using the computer
Receiving a fax automatically
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area in the left pane of the Welcome screen, click Setup and manage faxes.
Faxing using the computer
170
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Ringing and Answering tab.
5 From the “Automatically answer incoming calls as a fax” area, select On from the Auto Answer drop-down list.
6 To turn the Auto Answer feature on and off at scheduled times, select the settings you want from the drop-down
lists.
7 To set the number of telephone rings before the printer automatically receives faxes, select a setting from the
“Pick-up on the” drop-down list in the “Answering on your phone line type” area.
8 Click OK to save the settings.
Setting a fax manual answer code
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Ringing and Answering tab.
5 From the “Answering on your phone line type” area, enter the code you want to use.
Note: The code can include up to seven numbers, commas, periods, spaces, and/or these symbols: * # + - ( ).
6 Click OK to save the setting.
Using Caller ID from the software
Caller ID is a service provided by some telephone companies that identifies the telephone number or the name of
the person who is calling. If you subscribe to this service, it works with the printer. When you receive a fax, the
telephone number or name of the person who is sending you the fax appears on the display.
Notes:
Caller ID is available only in some countries and regions.
The number of patterns is defined by the country or region setting and only the number of patterns defined for
the selected country or region is shown.
The printer supports two distinct Caller ID patterns: Pattern 1 (FSK) and Pattern 2 (DTMF). Depending on the country
or region you live in and the telecommunications company you subscribe to, you may need to switch the pattern to
display Caller ID information.
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Ringing and Answering tab.
5 From the “Answering on your phone line type” section, select the pattern number you want from the “Caller ID
pattern” drop-down list.
6 Click OK to save the setting.
Faxing using the computer
171
Forwarding faxes
Use the fax-forwarding feature if you are going to be away but still want to receive your faxes. There are three
fax-forwarding settings:
Off—(Default)
Forward—The printer sends the fax to the designated fax number.
Print & forward—The printer prints the fax and then sends it to the designated fax number.
To set up fax forwarding:
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Ringing and Answering tab.
5 From the “Forward received faxes to another number” area, select the setting you want from the “Fax forwarding”
drop-down list.
6 Enter the number to which you want to forward the fax.
Notes:
You can include a calling card number as part of the fax number.
A fax number can include up to 64 numbers, commas, periods, spaces, and/or these symbols: * # + - ( ).
7 Click OK to save the setting.
Customizing dial settings using the computer
Using the computer phone book
Address books from your operating system appear as phone books.
To access a phone book entry:
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click View phonebook.
4 To modify the phone book, select an option, enter the new information, and click OK.
Use this To
New Contact Create a new phone book entry.
New Group Create a new Group phone book entry.
Edit Edit a phone book entry.
Delete Delete a phone book entry.
Faxing using the computer
172
Use this To
Add Contact to Speed Dial list Add a phone book entry to your Speed Dial or Group Dial list.
Note: For more information on how to set up multiple Speed Dial and/or Group Dial entries, see “Setting up Speed
Dial” on page 174.
Adding a contact to a phone book
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click View phonebook.
4 Click New Contact to display the New Contact dialog.
5 Enter the new contact information, and then click OK.
Setting up a dialing prefix
You can add a prefix to the beginning of each fax number dialed. The prefix can include up to eight numbers, commas,
periods, spaces, and/or these symbols: * # + - ( ).
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area in the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Dialing and Sending tab.
5 Enter the prefix to be dialed before each telephone number.
6 Click OK to save the setting.
Setting the distinctive ring
Distinctive ring is a service provided by some telephone companies that assigns multiple phone numbers to a single
telephone line. If you subscribe to this service, you can program your printer to have a distinctive ring pattern and
phone number for incoming faxes.
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Ringing and Answering tab.
5 From the “Answering on your phone line type” area, select the setting you want from the “Distinctive ring pattern”
drop-down list.
6 Click OK to save the setting.
Faxing using the computer
173
Setting the number of rings before receiving a fax automatically
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Ringing and Answering tab.
5 From the “Pick-up on the” drop-down list, select the setting you want.
6 From the Auto Answer drop-down list, select On.
7 Click OK to save the setting.
An indicator, resembling a telephone handset with the word FAX under it, is shown in the top left corner of the
printer display when Auto Answer is on. When the number of rings you set is detected, the printer automatically
receives the incoming fax.
Setting up Speed Dial
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Speed Dial tab.
5 To add a fax number to your Speed Dial list:
a Click the next empty line in the list.
b Type in a fax number.
c Place the cursor in the Contact Name field.
d Type in a contact name.
e Add fax numbers as needed, following the steps above, on lines 2–89.
6 To add a fax group:
a Scroll down and click line 90.
A new entry box appears.
b Click the next empty line in the list.
c Enter up to 30 fax numbers for the group.
d Place the cursor in the Contact Name field.
e Type in a contact name.
f Repeat these steps to add additional groups using lines 91–99 as necessary.
7 Click OK to save the entries.
Notes:
You can include a calling card number as part of the fax number.
A fax number can include up to 64 numbers, commas, periods, spaces, and/or these symbols: * # + - ( ).
Faxing using the computer
174
Managing faxes using the computer
Customizing settings using the Fax Setup Utility
You can adjust the fax settings in the Fax Setup Utility. These settings apply to the faxes you send or receive.
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 Click Fax History and Settings.
The Fax Solutions Software screen appears.
3 Click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
The following screen appears.
Faxing using the computer
175
4 Click each tab, and change the settings as needed.
Tab Options
Dialing and Sending
Select the telephone line format you want to use.
Enter a dialing prefix.
Select a dialing volume.
Enter your name and fax number.
Notes:
You can include a calling card number as part of the fax number.
Enter a maximum of 64 digits in a fax number.
Select the number of times you want the machine to redial and the
time between those attempts if the fax cannot be sent on the first try.
Choose whether to scan the entire document before dialing the
number.
Note: Select After Dial if you are sending a large fax or a
multiple-page color fax.
Select a maximum send speed and print quality for outgoing faxes.
From the “Automatic fax conversion” line, select ON to match the
resolution setting of the receiving fax machine.
Ringing and Answering
Select incoming call options.
Select auto answer options.
Select whether you want to forward a fax, or print it and then forward
it.
Enter a fax forwarding number.
Manage blocked faxes.
Fax Printing / Reports
Automatically reduce an incoming fax to fit to the paper size loaded,
or print it on two sheets of paper.
Choose whether to print a footer (the date, time, and page number) to
appear on each page you receive.
Select a paper source.
Choose whether to print on both sides of the paper.
Select when to print fax activity and confirmation reports.
Speed Dial Create, add to, edit, or delete entries from the Speed Dial list, including
Group Dial entries.
Cover Page Choose and customize your fax cover page and message.
5 Click OK after you finish customizing the settings.
6 Close the Fax Setup Utility.
Faxing using the computer
176
Changing user information on a fax cover page
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click View cover pages.
4 Click Change your personal information that appears on this page.
5 Enter the correct personal information.
6 Click OK.
7 Click OK.
Printing fax activity reports
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
The Fax Solution Software appears.
3 On the toolbar, click Tools Fax History.
4 Click the Print Report button to print.
Blocking junk faxes
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Settings area of the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
The Fax Solution Software appears.
3 From the “I Want To” menu, click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Ringing and Answering tab.
5 From the “Block Faxes from particular senders/numbers” area, select Manage Blocked Faxes.
6 If you want to block faxes from senders missing a valid Caller ID, select the check box, and enable fax blocking.
7 If you want to block faxes from specific fax numbers, list them in the box provided. You can also edit this list.
8 Click OK to save the setting.
Faxing using the computer
177
Maintaining the printer
Understanding the Maintenance menu
The Maintenance menu lets you check ink levels and handle various tasks related to print cartridges.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Maintenance is highlighted.
2 Press .
From here You can
View Ink Levels See the current ink levels for both print cartridges.
Clean Cartridges Clean the print cartridge nozzles of both cartridges.
Align Cartridges Align both cartridges to improve print quality.
Change Print Cartridges See a short video on the display with instructions on how to change print
cartridges.
Print Test Page Print a test page to see if the printer is functioning properly. The test page
lists some information about the printer.
Call Diagnostics Run modem diagnostic routines.
Reset Defaults Reset all of your previously defined user default settings to the factory
default settings.
Note: Items such as phone lists, time, date, and country code are not reset.
All other user default settings are reset. For more information, see
“Resetting factory default settings” on page 107.
Installing print cartridges
1 Remove the used print cartridge or cartridges. For more information, see “Removing a used print cartridge” on
page 180.
2 If you are installing new print cartridges, remove the tape from the back and bottom of the black cartridge, and
insert the cartridge in the left carrier.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch the gold contact area on the back or the metal nozzles on the
bottom of the cartridge.
Maintaining the printer
178
3 Close the black cartridge carrier lid.
4 Remove the tape from the back and bottom of the color cartridge, and insert the cartridge in the right carrier.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not touch the gold contact area on the back or the metal nozzles on the
bottom of the cartridge.
5 Close the color cartridge carrier lid.
6 Close the scanner unit, making sure to keep your hands out from underneath the scanner unit.
The control panel display will prompt you to load paper and press to print an alignment page.
Note: The scanner unit must be closed to start a new scan, print, copy, or fax job.
Maintaining the printer
179
Removing a used print cartridge
1 Make sure the printer is on.
2 Lift the scanner unit.
The print cartridge carrier moves and stops at the loading position, unless the printer is busy.
3 Press down on the cartridge carrier latch to raise the cartridge carrier lid.
4 Remove the used print cartridge.
Note: If you are removing both cartridges, repeat step 3 and step 4 for the second cartridge.
Refilling print cartridges
The warranty does not cover repair of failures or damage caused by a refilled cartridge. Lexmark does not recommend
use of a refilled cartridge. Refilling a cartridge can affect print quality and may cause damage to the printer. For best
results, use Lexmark supplies.
Using genuine Lexmark print cartridges
Lexmark printers, print cartridges, and photo paper are designed to perform together for superior print quality.
If you receive an Out of Original Lexmark Ink message, the original Lexmark ink in the indicated cartridge
(s) has been depleted.
Maintaining the printer
180
If you believe you purchased a new, genuine Lexmark print cartridge, but the Out of Original Lexmark
Ink message appears:
1 Click Learn More on the message.
2 Click Report a non-Lexmark print cartridge.
To prevent the message from appearing again for the indicated cartridge(s):
Replace your cartridge(s) with new Lexmark print cartridge(s).
If you are printing from a computer, click Learn more on the message, select the check box, and click Close.
If you are using the printer without a computer, press Cancel.
Lexmark's warranty does not cover damage caused by non-Lexmark ink or print cartridges.
Improving print quality
If you are not satisfied with the print quality of a document, make sure you:
Use the appropriate paper for the document. If you are printing photos or other high quality images, for best
results use Lexmark Perfectfinish Photo Paper or Lexmark Photo Paper.
Use a paper that is a heavier weight or bright white.
Select a higher print quality.
If the document still does not have the print quality you want, follow these steps:
1 Align the print cartridges. For more information, see “Aligning print cartridges” on page 181.
If print quality has not improved, continue to step 2.
2 Clean the print cartridge nozzles. For more information, see “Cleaning the print cartridge nozzles” on
page 182.
If print quality has not improved, continue to step 3.
3 Remove and reinsert the cartridges. For more information, see “Removing a used print cartridge” on page 180
and “Installing print cartridges” on page 178.
If print quality has not improved, continue to step 4.
4 Wipe the print cartridge nozzles and contacts. For more information, see “Wiping the print cartridge nozzles and
contacts” on page 182.
If print quality is still not satisfactory, replace the cartridge. For more information, see “Ordering paper and other
supplies” on page 185.
Aligning print cartridges
1 Load plain paper.
2 Press repeatedly until Maintenance is highlighted.
3 Press .
4 Press repeatedly until Align Cartridges is highlighted.
5 Press .
An alignment page prints.
Maintaining the printer
181
If you aligned the cartridges to improve print quality, print your document again. If print quality has not improved,
clean the print cartridge nozzles.
Cleaning the print cartridge nozzles
1 Load plain paper.
2 Press or repeatedly until Maintenance is highlighted.
3 Press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Clean Cartridges is highlighted.
5 Press .
A page prints, forcing ink through the print cartridge nozzles to clean them.
6 Print the document again to verify that the print quality has improved.
7 If print quality has not improved, try cleaning the nozzles up to two more times.
Wiping the print cartridge nozzles and contacts
1 Remove the print cartridges.
2 Dampen a clean, lint-free cloth with water, and place the cloth on a flat surface.
3 Gently hold the nozzles against the cloth for about three seconds, and then wipe in the direction shown.
Maintaining the printer
182
4 Using another clean section of the cloth, gently hold the cloth against the contacts for about three seconds, and
then wipe in the direction shown.
5 With another clean section of the cloth, repeat step 3 and step 4.
6 Let the nozzles and contacts dry completely.
7 Reinsert the print cartridges.
8 Print the document again.
9 If the print quality does not improve, clean the print nozzles. For more information, see “Cleaning the print
cartridge nozzles” on page 182.
10 Repeat step 9 up to two more times.
11 If print quality is still not satisfactory, replace the print cartridges.
Preserving the print cartridges
Keep a new cartridge in its packaging until you are ready to install it. It should be stored with the package hang
tab up, as it hangs or sits on the shelf in the store.
Do not remove a cartridge from the printer except to replace, clean, or store it in an airtight container. The
cartridges do not print correctly if left exposed for an extended period of time.
Keep the photo cartridge in its own storage unit when not in use. The stored photo cartridge should be stored
upright, as shown below.
Maintaining the printer
183
Removing the printer from the Tray 2 base
If you need to move the printer to a different location, be sure you first remove the printer from the Tray 2 base. This
helps to avoid damaging the printer and the base.
To safely move the printer and the optional Tray 2, follow these precautions:
Keep the printer in an upright position.
Avoid severe jarring movements that may cause damage to the printer and the tray.
1 Turn the printer off, and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
2 Disconnect all cables from the back of the printer.
3 Remove any paper from Tray 1 and the paper exit tray.
4 Grasp the printer on both sides using the handholds.
5 Lift the printer off of the Tray 2 base, and set the printer aside.
Cleaning the scanner glass
1 Dampen a clean, lint-free cloth with water.
2 Gently wipe the scanner glass clean.
Note: Make sure all ink or corrective fluid on a document is dry before placing the document on the scanner glass.
Cleaning the exterior of the printer
1 Make sure that the printer is turned off and unplugged from the wall outlet.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: To avoid the risk of electric shock, unplug the power cord from the wall outlet
and disconnect all cables to the printer before proceeding.
2 Remove paper from the paper tray or trays.
3 Dampen a clean, lint-free cloth with water.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the finish of
the printer.
Maintaining the printer
184
4 Wipe only the outside of the printer, making sure to remove any ink residue that has accumulated on the paper
exit tray.
Warning—Potential Damage: Using a damp cloth to clean the interior may cause damage to your printer.
5 Make sure the paper tray and paper exit tray are dry before beginning a new print job.
Ordering supplies
Ordering print cartridges
Lexmark 9500 Series models
Item Part number
Average cartridge standard page yield is up to
1
Black cartridge 42A 220
Black cartridge
2
42 220
High yield black cartridge 44 450
Color cartridge 41A 210
Color cartridge
2
41 210
High yield color cartridge 43 350
Photo cartridge 40 Not applicable
1
Values obtained by continuous printing. Declared yield value in accordance with ISO/IEC 24711.
2
Licensed Return Program Cartridge
Ordering paper and other supplies
To order supplies or to locate a dealer near you, visit our Web site at www.lexmark.com.
Notes:
For best results, use only Lexmark print cartridges.
For best results when printing photos or other high-quality images, use Lexmark Photo Paper or Lexmark
PerfectFinish Photo Paper.
To prevent smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects. For
best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the sheets to dry at least
24 hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Item Part Number
USB cable 1021294
Optional second paper tray (Tray 2) 30B0199
For more information, go to www.lexmark.com
Maintaining the printer
185
Paper Paper size
Lexmark Photo Paper
Letter
A4
4 x 6 in.
10 x 15 cm
Lexmark PerfectFinish Photo Paper
Letter
A4
4 x 6 in.
10 x 15 cm
L
Note: Availability may vary by country or region.
For information on how to purchase Lexmark Photo Paper or Lexmark PerfectFinish Photo Paper in your country or
region, go to www.lexmark.com.
Maintaining the printer
186
Troubleshooting
If you set up your printer on a wireless network, make sure:
The wireless network is working properly.
The computer and printer are both connected to the same wireless network.
The printer is within the range of the wireless network. The effective range for optimal performance is generally
100–150 feet.
The printer is located away from other electronic devices that may interfere with the wireless signal.
The power supply is connected to the printer, and is lit.
The Wi-Fi indicator light is green.
The printer driver is installed on the computer from which you are performing a task.
The correct printer port is selected.
Setup troubleshooting
Incorrect language appears on the display
Selecting a language during initial setup
1 Press or repeatedly until the language you want appears on the display.
2 Press .
Selecting a different language after initial setup
1 Press to turn the printer off.
2 Press once, and then immediately press and hold and .
The
light blinks as the printer comes on. The Initial Setup menu appears.
3 Release the buttons.
4 Press or repeatedly until the language you want appears on the display.
5 Press .
Power button is not lit
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
PRESS POWER BUTTON
Make sure the printer is on by pressing .
Troubleshooting
187
DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT THE POWER CORD
1 Disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet, and then from the printer.
2 Plug the cord all the way into the power supply on the printer.
1
2
3 Plug the cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet that other electrical devices have been using.
4 If the light is not on, press .
Software does not install
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK YOUR OPERATING SYSTEM
The following operating systems are supported: Windows Vista, Windows XP, Windows 2000, and Mac OS X versions
10.34 and 10.4 (not versions 10.0, 10.1, or 10.2).
Note: Windows 2000 users should use Service Pack 3 or later.
CHECK YOUR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Check that your computer meets the minimum system requirements listed on the printer box.
CHECK USB CONNECTION
1 Check the USB cable for any obvious damage.
2 Firmly plug the square end of the USB cable into the back of the printer.
3 Firmly plug the rectangular end of the USB cable into the USB port of the computer.
The USB port is marked with the
USB symbol.
CHECK WIRELESS CONNECTION
Check that the Wi-Fi indicator light is on. For more information, see “Understanding the parts of the printer” on
page 22.
Troubleshooting
188
REINSTALL THE SOFTWARE
1 Turn off and then restart your computer.
2 Click Cancel on all New Hardware Found screens.
3 Insert the CD, and then follow the instructions on the computer screen to reinstall the software.
RECONNECT POWER SUPPLY
1 Press to turn the printer off.
2 Disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
3 Gently remove the power supply from the printer.
4 Reconnect the power supply to the printer.
5 Plug the power cord into the wall outlet.
6 Press to turn the printer on.
DISABLE ANTI-VIRUS PROGRAMS
1 Close all open software applications.
2 Disable any antivirus programs.
3 Double-click the My Computer icon.
In Windows XP, click Start to access the My Computer icon.
4 Double-click the CD–ROM drive icon.
5 If necessary, double-click setup.exe.
6 Follow the instructions on the computer screen to install the software.
UNINSTALL AND REINSTALL SOFTWARE
Uninstall the printer software, and then reinstall it. For more information, see “Removing and reinstalling the
software” on page 191.
Page does not print
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MESSAGES
If an error message is displayed, resolve the error before trying to print again.
CHECK POWER
If the light is not on, make sure the printer is plugged into a properly grounded outlet. Make sure the power
cord is properly connected to the printer.
Troubleshooting
189
RELOAD PAPER
Remove and then load paper.
CHECK INK
Check the ink levels, and install new print cartridges if necessary.
CHECK CARTRIDGES
1 Remove the print cartridges.
2 Make sure the sticker and tape have been removed.
1
2
3 Reinsert the cartridges.
CHECK PRINTER DEFAULT AND PAUSE SETTINGS
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel.
In Windows XP, click Start.
2 Click Printers Printers and Faxes.
3 Double-click the printer queue device.
4 Click Printer.
Make sure no check mark appears next to Pause Printing.
If a check mark does not appear next to Set As Default Printer, you must select the print queue device for
each file you want to print.
RECONNECT POWER SUPPLY
1 Press to turn the printer off.
2 Disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
3 Gently remove the power supply from the printer.
4 Reconnect the power supply to the printer.
5 Plug the power cord into the wall outlet.
6 Press to turn the printer on.
REMOVE AND REINSTALL THE SOFTWARE
Uninstall the printer software, and then reinstall it.
Troubleshooting
190
Solving printer communication problems
The printer and the computer cannot exchange data. You must establish bidirectional communication between the
printer and the computer. For more information, see “Bidirectional communication is not established” on
page 222.
Understanding Warning levels
A green check indicates system requirements were met.
A yellow question mark indicates system requirements were not met. Most major functions will work, but you
may experience some performance impact.
A red question mark indicates system requirements were not met. Most major functions may not work.
A red X indicates system requirements were not met. Installation will not continue.
For proper installation, make sure the computer supports all system requirements. System requirements are located
on the printer box.
Removing and reinstalling the software
If the printer is not functioning properly, or if a communications error message appears when you try to use the
printer, you may need to remove and reinstall the printer software.
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Programs or All Programs.
In Windows XP or earlier, click Start Programs.
2 Select Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Select Uninstall.
4 Follow the instructions on the computer screen to remove the printer software.
5 Restart the computer before reinstalling the printer software.
6 Click Locate and install driver software (recommended) on all New Hardware Found screens.
7 Insert the CD for Windows, and then follow the instructions on the computer screen to reinstall the software.
Note: If the install screen does not appear automatically after you restart your computer, click Start Run, and
then type D:\setup, where D is the letter of your CD or DVD drive.
If the software still does not install correctly, visit our Web site at www.lexmark.com to check for the latest software.
1 In all countries or regions except the United States, select your country or region.
2 Click the links for drivers or downloads.
3 Select your printer family.
4 Select your printer model.
5 Select your operating system.
6 Select the file you want to download, and then follow the directions on the computer screen.
Troubleshooting
191
Enabling the USB port
To confirm that the USB port is enabled on the computer:
1 Open the Device Manager.
In Windows Vista:
a Click Control Panel.
b Click System and Maintenance System.
c Click Device Manager.
In Windows XP:
a Click Start.
b Click Control Panel Performance and Maintenance System.
c From the Hardware tab, click Device Manager.
In Windows 2000:
a Click Start.
b Click Settings Control Panel System.
c From the Hardware tab, click Device Manager.
2 Click the plus sign (+) beside Universal Serial Bus Controller.
If USB Host Controller and USB Root Hub are listed, then the USB port is enabled.
For more information, see the computer documentation.
Checking the port setting
1 Do one of the following:
a In Windows Vista, click Control Panel Printer under Hardware and Sound.
b In Windows XP and earlier, click Start Settings Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the icon for your printer.
3 Select Properties.
4 Click the Ports tab.
5 Make sure:
The port is set to a USB port.
File is not set as the port.
Tray 2 does not operate correctly
Make sure the connection between the optional Tray 2 and the printer is secure.
Make sure the printer is aligned properly with the Tray 2 base.
For more information, see “Installing the optional Tray 2” on page 26.
Troubleshooting
192
Network troubleshooting
Wireless network troubleshooting
Check your security keys
A security key is like a password. All devices on the same network must share the same security key.
Note: Make sure you copy down the security key exactly, including any capital letters, and store it in a safe place for
future reference.
The security key must follow the following criteria:
WEP key
Exactly 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters. Hexadecimal
characters are A–F, a–f, and 0–9.
Exactly 5 or 13 ASCII characters. ASCII characters are
letters, numbers, punctuations, and symbols found
on a keyboard.
WPA key
Up to 64 hexadecimal characters. Hexadecimal
characters are A–F, a–f, and 0–9.
From 8 to 63 ASCII characters. ASCII characters are
letters, numbers, punctuations, and symbols found
on a keyboard.
How do I find out what type of security my network is using?
You must know the security key and security mode of your wireless access point (wireless router) in order to properly
set up the printer for use on the wireless network. To obtain this information, see the documentation that came with
your wireless access point (wireless router), see the Web page associated with the wireless access point (wireless
router), or consult the person who set up your wireless network.
Printer cannot connect to the wireless network
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
MAKE SURE YOUR COMPUTER IS CONNECTED TO YOUR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (WIRELESS ROUTER)
If you do not know the SSID of the network that your computer is connected to, launch the wireless utility of
your computer's network adapter and look for the network name, or consult the person who set up your wireless
network.
If there are other computers or resources on your wireless network, check to see if you can access them from
your computer.
CHECK WHETHER THE PRINTER IS ON THE SAME WIRELESS NETWORK AS THE COMPUTER
The SSID of the network that the printer is connected to must match the SSID of the wireless network that your
computer is connected to.
1 From the control panel of the printer, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Network Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Wireless Menu is highlighted.
Troubleshooting
193
6 Press .
The name of the network (SSID) that the printer is connected to is displayed.
7 Make sure that the name of the network to which the printer is connected is the same as the name of the
network to which your computer is connected.
8 If the printer and computer are connected to different networks, run the Wireless Configuration Utility to change
the wireless settings of the printer.
If you do not know the SSID of your wireless network, follow these steps to obtain it:
1 Enter the IP address of your wireless access point (wireless router) into the Web address field of your browser.
If you do not know the IP address of the wireless access point (wireless router):
a Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start Programs or All Programs Accessories Command
Prompt.
b Type ipconfig.
c Press Enter.
The “Default Gateway” entry is typically the wireless access point (wireless router).
The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods, such as 192.168.0.100.
2 Enter your user name and password when prompted.
3 Click OK.
4 On the main page, click Wireless or other selection where settings are stored. The SSID will be displayed.
5 Write down the SSID, security type, and the security keys if they are shown.
Notes:
Make sure you copy them down exactly, including any capital letters.
Store the SSID and the security keys in a safe place for future reference.
MOVE THE COMPUTER AND/OR PRINTER CLOSER TO THE WIRELESS ROUTER
Although the possible distance between devices in 802.11b or 802.11g networks is 300 feet, the effective range
for optimal performance is generally 100–150 feet.
Try setting up the printer again by running the Wireless Configuration Utility.
CHECK YOUR SECURITY KEY
A security key is like a password. All devices on the same network must share the same security key.
Make sure that you have entered the correct security key. For more information, see “Check your security keys” on
page 193.
Troubleshooting
194
CHECK YOUR ADVANCED SECURITY SETTINGS
If you are using MAC address filtering to limit access to your wireless network, you must add the printer MAC
address to the list of addresses allowed to connect to your wireless access point (wireless router).
If you set your wireless access point (wireless router) to issue a limited number of IP addresses, you must change
this so that the printer can be added.
Note: If you do not know how to make these changes, see the documentation that came with the wireless network,
or contact the person who set up your wireless network.
Wi-Fi indicator light is still orange
When the Wi-Fi indicator light is orange, it may indicate that the printer is:
Connected to the computer with a USB cable
Being configured for use on the wireless network
Not configured in infrastructure mode
Waiting to be configured for ad hoc mode
The printer may be unable to join the network because of interference or its distance from the wireless access point
(wireless router), or until its settings are changed.
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK CABLE
Make sure the installation cable is not connected to the printer.
CHECK NETWORK NAME
Make sure your network does not have the same name as another network near you. For example, if you and your
neighbor both use a manufacturer's default network name, your printer could be connecting to your neighbor's
network.
If you are not using a unique network name, consult the documentation for your wireless access point (wireless
router) to learn how to set a network name.
If you set a new network name, you must reset the printer and computer SSID to the same network name.
For more information, see “Checking your network name” on page 200.
CHECK SECURITY KEYS
Make sure security keys are correct. For more information, see “Check your security keys” on page 193.
MOVE YOUR COMPUTER AND/OR PRINTER
Move the computer and/or printer closer to the wireless access point (wireless router). Although the possible
distance between devices in 802.11b or 802.11g networks is 300 feet, the effective range for optimal performance
is generally 100–150 feet.
CHECK MAC ADDRESS
If your network uses MAC address filtering, make sure that you include the MAC address of the printer in the MAC
address filter list. This will allow the printer to operate on the network. For more information, see “Finding the MAC
address” on page 56.
Troubleshooting
195
Wi-Fi indicator light is blinking orange during installation
When the Wi-Fi indicator light is blinking orange, it indicates that the printer has been set up for wireless networking
but cannot connect to the network for which it has been configured. The printer may be unable to join the network
because of interference or its distance from the wireless access point (wireless router), or until its settings are changed.
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
MAKE SURE THE ACCESS POINT IS ON
Check the access point and, if necessary, turn it on.
MOVE YOUR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (WIRELESS ROUTER) TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE
There may be temporary interference from other devices such as microwave ovens or other appliances, cordless
phones, baby monitors, and security system cameras. Make sure your wireless access point (wireless router) is not
positioned too closely to these devices.
TRY ADJUSTING EXTERNAL ANTENNAS
Generally, antennas work best if they are pointing straight up. You may find, however, that reception improves if
you experiment with different angles for your printer and/or wireless access point (wireless router) antennas.
MOVE YOUR COMPUTER AND/OR PRINTER
Move the computer and/or printer closer to the wireless access point (wireless router). Although the possible
distance between devices in 802.11b or 802.11g networks is 300 feet, the effective range for optimal performance
is generally 100–150 feet.
Print the printer's network setup page to find out if the printer is receiving a strong signal from the wireless router
(wireless access point). For more information, see “Printing a network setup page” on page 57.
CHECK SECURITY KEYS
Make sure security keys are correct. For more information, see “Check your security keys” on page 193.
CHECK MAC ADDRESS
If your network uses MAC address filtering, provide the MAC address for the printer to your network. If you need
help finding the MAC address, see “Finding the MAC address” on page 56.
PING THE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (WIRELESS ROUTER) TO MAKE SURE THE NETWORK IS WORKING
Check to see whether the printer can communicate with the wireless access point (wireless router). For more
information, see “Ping the access point” on page 201.
RUN THE WIRELESS SETUP APPLICATION AGAIN
If your wireless settings have changed, you must run the printer's wireless setup application again. Some reasons
your settings may have changed include your having manually changed your security key, channel, or other
network setting; or the wireless access point (wireless router) having been reset to factory defaults.
For instructions on running the wireless setup application, see “Run the Wireless Configuration Utility” on
page 202.
Troubleshooting
196
Notes:
If you change network settings, change them on all the network devices before changing them for the wireless
access point (wireless router).
If you have already changed the wireless network settings on your wireless access point (wireless router), you
must change the settings on all the other network devices before you can see them on the network.
Wireless Configuration Utility cannot communicate with the printer during
installation
These are possible solutions for Windows users. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK POWER
If the light is not on, see “Power button is not lit” on page 187.
CHECK THE INSTALLATION CABLE
1 Disconnect the installation cable and check it for any obvious damage.
2 Firmly plug the rectangular end of the USB cable into the USB port of the computer.
The USB port is marked with the
USB symbol.
3 Firmly plug the square end of the USB cable into the USB port on the back of the printer.
4 Cancel the software installation.
5 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
6 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
7 Click Wireless Configuration Utility.
8 Follow the prompts on the computer screen to reinstall the software.
General network troubleshooting
Printer is configured correctly, but cannot be found on the network
Make sure:
The printer is on.
The router (access point) is on.
The printer has a valid IP address.
If you are using a wireless connection, make sure:
The printer is within range of the wireless network.
If necessary, move the printer closer to the wireless router (wireless access point). Although the possible distance
between devices in 802.11b or 802.11g networks is 300 feet, the effective range for optimal performance is
generally 100–150 feet.
The printer is located away from other electronic devices that may interfere with the wireless signal.
Troubleshooting
197
Your wireless network is using a unique network name (SSID). If not, it is possible that the printer/print server is
communicating over a different, nearby network that uses the same network name.
The computer you are using is connected to the same wireless network that the printer is on.
If you are using a wired (Ethernet) connection, make sure:
The Ethernet cables are correctly inserted in the Ethernet ports of your router and on the back of your printer
and/or computer.
Printer is no longer working
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK POWER
Make sure the printer is on.
Make sure the router (access point) is on.
CHECK ETHERNET CABLE
If you connected both the printer and computer to the network with an Ethernet cable, make sure the Ethernet
cables are correctly inserted in the Ethernet ports on the router.
Make sure that the other ends of the Ethernet cable are correctly inserted into the Ethernet ports on the back of
the printer and/or the computer.
CHECK THE WI-FI INDICATOR LIGHT
Make sure the Wi-Fi indicator light is green.
CHECK NETWORK NAME
Make sure the printer and computer are connected to the same wireless network. Both of these devices must use
the same network name or SSID to be able to communicate. For more information see, “Checking your network
name” on page 200.
CHECK WHETHER THE PRINTER IS CONNECTED TO THE WIRELESS NETWORK
1 Print a network setup page. For more information, see “Printing a network setup page” on page 57.
2 Under Network Card, the status should be “Connected.”
MOVE YOUR WIRELESS ROUTER (WIRELESS ACCESS POINT) TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE
There may be temporary interference from other devices such as microwave ovens or other appliances, cordless
telephones, baby monitors, and security system cameras. Make sure your wireless router (wireless access point) is
not positioned too closely to these devices.
MOVE YOUR COMPUTER AND/OR PRINTER
Move the computer and/or printer closer to the wireless router (wireless access point). Although the possible
distance between devices in 802.11b or 802.11g networks is 300 feet, the effective range for optimal performance
is generally 100–150 feet.
Print the printer's network setup page to find out if the printer is receiving a strong signal from the wireless router
(wireless access point) For more information, see “Printing a network setup page” on page 57.
Troubleshooting
198
TRY ADJUSTING EXTERNAL ANTENNAS
Generally, antennas work best if they are pointing straight up. You may find, however, that reception improves if
you experiment with different angles for your printer and/or wireless router (wireless access point) antennas.
REBOOT THE COMPUTER
Turn off and restart the computer.
PING THE WIRELESS ROUTER (WIRELESS ACCESS POINT)
Ping the wireless router (wireless access point) to make sure the network is up and running. For more information,
see “Ping the access point” on page 201.
PING THE PRINTER
Ping the printer to make sure it is on the network. For more information, see “Ping the printer” on page 201.
MAKE SURE THE PRINTER DRIVER IS INSTALLED
Make sure the printer driver is installed on the computer from which you are sending the print job.
To check if the printer driver is installed,
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a Click Control Panel.
b Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
In Windows XP:
Click Start Printers & Faxes.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 Click Properties.
4 Click the Advanced tab.
5 From the Driver drop-down list, the driver for your printer series is displayed.
Note: You must install the printer driver on each computer that uses the network printer.
RUN THE WIRELESS SETUP APPLICATION AGAIN
If the settings of your wireless network have changed, you must run the wireless setup application again to
reconfigure the network settings of the printer. Some reasons your settings may have changed include your having
manually changed your security key, channel, or other network settings, or the wireless router (wireless access
point) having been reset to factory defaults.
For instructions on running the wireless setup application, see “Run the Wireless Configuration Utility” on
page 202.
Troubleshooting
199
Notes:
If you change network settings, change them on all the network devices before changing them for the wireless
router (wireless access point).
If you have already changed the wireless network settings on your wireless router (wireless access point), you
must change the settings on all the other network devices before you can see them on the network.
Checking printer ports
Make sure the correct printer port is selected.
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista:
a Click Control Panel.
b Under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
In Windows XP:
Click Start Printers & Faxes.
2 Right-click Lexmark XXXX, where XXXX is the model series number of your printer.
3 Click Properties Ports.
4 Verify that XXXX_Series_nnnnnn_P1 is selected, where XXXX is the model series number of your printer and
nnnnnn is the last six numbers of the MAC address of your printer.
Note: The MAC address is located at the back of the printer beside the serial number.
5 If USB is selected instead:
a Select the port name from step 4.
b Click Apply.
c Close the window, and try printing again.
Checking your network name
Make sure your network does not have the same name as another network near you. For example, if you and your
neighbor both use a manufacturer's default network name, your printer could be connecting to your neighbor's
network.
If you are not using a unique network name, consult the documentation for your wireless access point (wireless
router) to learn how to set a network name.
If you set a new network name (SSID) on your wireless access point (wireless router), you must also change the name
of the network that the printer and computer are connected to.
To change the network name that the computer is connected to, see the documentation that came with your
computer.
To reset the network name that the printer is connected to:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP, click Start.
Troubleshooting
200
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Wireless Configuration Utility.
4 Follow the instructions on the computer screen, and enter the new network name when prompted.
Ping the access point
1 If you do not already know it, find the IP address of the wireless access point (wireless router).
a Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
In Windows XP, click Start Programs or All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
b Type ipconfig.
c Press Enter.
The “Default Gateway” entry is typically the wireless access point (wireless router).
The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated by periods, such as 192.168.0.100.
2 Ping the wireless access point (wireless router).
a Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
In Windows XP, click Start Programs or All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
b Type ping followed by a space and the IP address of the wireless access point (wireless router). For example:
ping 192.168.0.100
c Press Enter.
3 If the wireless access point (wireless router) responds, you will see several lines appear that start with “Reply from”.
Turn off and restart the printer.
4 If the wireless access point (wireless router) does not respond, after several seconds you will see “Request timed
out.”
a Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click the Control Panel Network and Internet Network and Sharing
Center.
In Windows XP, click Start Settings or Control Panel Network Connection.
b Select the appropriate connection from the ones shown.
Note: If the computer is connected to the access point (router) by an Ethernet cable, the connection may
not include the word “wireless” in its name.
c Right-click the connection, and then click Repair.
Ping the printer
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
In Windows XP, click Start Programs or All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
2 Type ping followed by the IP address of the printer. For example,
ping 192.168.0.25
Troubleshooting
201
3 Press Enter.
4 If the printer responds, you will see several lines appear that start with “Reply from”.
Turn off and restart the printer, and then try resending your print job.
5 If the printer does not respond, you will see “Request timed out.”
a Check that the computer has a wireless IP address.
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
In Windows XP, click Start Programs or All Programs Accessories Command Prompt.
2 Type ipconfig.
3 Press Enter.
4 Check the Windows IP Configuration screen that appears for the wireless IP address of the computer.
Note: Your computer may have an IP address for a wired network, a wireless network, or both.
5 If your computer does not have an IP address, see the documentation that came with your wireless access
point (wireless router) to learn how to connect your computer to the wireless network.
b The printer may need to be reconfigured for new wireless network settings. For more information, see “Run
the Wireless Setup Utility”.
Run the Wireless Configuration Utility
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Wireless Configuration Utility.
Note: You may be prompted to connect the printer to the computer again using the installation cable as part
of the setup process.
4 Follow the instructions on the computer screen to set up the printer on your wireless network.
Troubleshooting
202
Print troubleshooting
Partial 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm) photo prints when using a
PictBridge-enabled digital camera
M
AKE SURE PAPER SIZE IS SET CORRECTLY
The printer issues the Paper or Photo Size Error when your chosen photo size does not match the paper
size that is set. This typically happens when you are trying to print from a PictBridge-enabled digital camera. You
may have left the printer control panel Photo Size menu item setting at 8.5 x 11” or 5 x 7” size, but your
camera setting has print size of 4 x 6” or L. You need to make sure your chosen photo size is 4 x 6” or
10 x 15 cm, depending on the typically used photo size for your country or region.
Make sure the 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm) photo paper is loaded correctly.
If your camera lets you change the print size setting, change the print size selection to 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm) on
the PictBridge-enabled digital camera.
If your camera does not allow you to change the paper size setting, use the control panel to change the paper
size to 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm).
1 Insert the USB cable that came with your camera to the camera, and insert the other end into the PictBridge
port on the front of the printer.
2 Turn the camera on and choose your first photo using the camera control panel.
3 Wait for the PictBridge Printing screen to appear on the printer control panel
4 Press .
The PictBridge Default Print Settings menu appears.
5 Press or until 4 x 6” or 10 x 15 cm appears for Photo Size.
6 Press or repeatedly until you reach Paper Handling.
7 Press .
8 Press or until 4 x 6” or 10 x 15 cm appears.
9 Press to save and exit.
Improving print quality
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK PAPER
Use the appropriate paper for the document. If you are printing photos or other high-quality images, for best
results use Lexmark Photo Paper or Lexmark PerfectFinish Photo Paper.
Use a paper that is a heavier weight or bright white.
Troubleshooting
203
CHECK PRINT CARTRIDGES
If the document still does not have the print quality you want, follow these steps:
1 Align the print cartridges. For more information, see “Aligning print cartridges” on page 181.
If print quality has not improved, continue to step 2.
2 Clean the print cartridge nozzles. For more information, see “Cleaning the print cartridge nozzles” on
page 182.
If print quality has not improved, continue to step 3.
3 Remove and reinsert the print cartridges. For more information, see “Removing a used print cartridge” on
page 180 and “Installing print cartridges” on page 178.
If print quality has not improved, continue to step 4.
4 Wipe the print nozzles and contacts. For more information, see “Wiping the print cartridge nozzles and contacts”
on page 182.
If print quality is still not satisfactory, replace the print cartridges. For more information, see “Ordering print
cartridges” on page 185.
Poor text and graphic quality
Blank pages
Dark print
Faded print
Incorrect colors
Light and dark bands in print
Skewed lines
Smudges
Streaks
White lines in print
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK INK
Check the ink levels, and install new print cartridges if necessary.
REVIEW STEPS TO IMPROVE PRINT QUALITY
See “Improving print quality” on page 203.
REMOVE SHEETS AS THEY ARE PRINTED
To avoid ink smudging when you are working with the following media, remove each sheet as it exits, and allow
it to dry:
Documents with graphics or images
Photo paper
Heavyweight matte or glossy paper
Transparencies
Labels
Troubleshooting
204
Envelopes
Iron-on transfers
Note: Transparencies may take up to 15 minutes to dry.
USE A DIFFERENT BRAND OF PAPER
Each paper brand accepts ink differently and prints with color variations. If you are printing photos or other
high-quality images, for best results use Lexmark PerfectFinish Photo Paper or Lexmark Photo Paper.
CHECK PAPER CONDITION
Use only new, unwrinkled paper.
REMOVING AND REINSTALLING THE SOFTWARE
Software may not be installed correctly. For more information, see “Removing and reinstalling the software” on
page 191.
Poor quality at the edges of the page
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MINIMUM PRINT SETTINGS
Unless you are using the borderless feature, use these minimum print margin settings:
Left and right margins:
6.35 mm (0.25 in.) for letter-size paper
3.37 mm (0.133 in.) for all paper sizes except letter
Top margin: 1.7 mm (0.067 in.)
Bottom margin: 12.7 mm (0.5 in.)
SELECT THE BORDERLESS PRINT FEATURE
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Advanced tab.
4 In the Layout section, select Borderless from the drop-down list.
5 Select the borderless paper size.
Note: The borderless paper size must be the same on both the Print Setup tab (Paper Options area) and the
Advanced tab (Layout area).
SELECT THE BORDERLESS RESIZE FEATURE (WHEN COPYING)
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
2 Press .
Troubleshooting
205
3 Press or repeatedly to choose Resize.
4 Press or repeatedly to choose Borderless.
5 Press .
6 Press , or press to save settings.
SELECT THE BORDERLESS PHOTO FEATURE (WHEN PRINTING PHOTOS)
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly to until Photo is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly to choose Change Default Settings.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly to choose Layout.
6 Press or repeatedly to choose Borderless.
7 Press to save settings.
MAKE SURE YOU USE PHOTO PAPER
You must use photo paper for borderless printing. When you use plain paper for borderless printing, small margins
are left around the edges of the paper.
MAKE SURE THE PAPER SIZE MATCHES THE PRINTER SETTING
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
3 In the Paper Options section, verify the paper size selected is the one you are using.
Print speed is slow
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
MAXIMIZE COMPUTER PROCESSING SPEED
Close all applications not in use.
Minimize the number and size of graphics and images in the document.
Remove as many unused fonts as possible from your system.
ADD MEMORY
Consider purchasing more RAM.
Troubleshooting
206
SELECT A LOWER PRINT QUALITY
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
3 Select a lower print quality. For example, you might want to select Normal if you have been using Best.
REMOVE AND REINSTALL THE SOFTWARE
It is sometimes helpful to remove the existing printer software and reinstall it.
Ink smudges during automatic two-sided printing
If you notice that the ink on one side of a two-sided document did not have sufficient time to dry before the printer
automatically printed the other side, these are some things you can try.
SELECT THE “EXTEND DRY TIMEOPTION FOR AUTOMATIC TWO-SIDED PRINTING
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Advanced tab.
4 From the 2-Sided Printing area, select 2-Sided printing.
5 Select Extend dry time.
6 Click OK.
Now you are ready to reprint your two-sided document.
USE THE TYPE OF PAPER RECOMMENDED FOR TWO-SIDED PRINTING
Automatic two-sided printing works only with plain paper in letter and A4 sizes. If you want to print two-sided
documents on another type or size of paper, use the manual duplexing method.
USE THE TYPE OF INK RECOMMENDED FOR THE PRINTER
Lexmark printers and print cartridges are designed to work together for superior print quality. Make sure you use
genuine Lexmark print cartridges.
Partial document or photo prints
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK DOCUMENT PLACEMENT
Make sure the document or photo is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner.
CHECK PAPER SIZE
Make sure the size of the paper being used matches the size you selected from the control panel or computer.
Troubleshooting
207
Photo smudges or scratches
To prevent photo smudging or scratching, avoid touching the printed surface with your fingers or sharp objects. For
best results, remove each printed sheet individually from the paper exit tray, and allow the prints to dry at least 24
hours before stacking, displaying, or storing.
Checking the print cartridges
A
RE THE PRINT CARTRIDGES PROPERLY INSTALLED?
For more information, see “Installing print cartridges” on page 178.
ARE THE STICKER AND TAPE REMOVED FROM THE CARTRIDGES?
Lift the scanner unit. Press down on the cartridge carrier latches to raise the cartridge carrier lids.
ARE THE CARTRIDGES LOW ON INK?
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 If an exclamation point (!) appears on a cartridge, the ink level is low. Install a new cartridge. For more
information, see “Installing print cartridges” on page 178.
For cartridge-ordering information, see “Ordering paper and other supplies” on page 185.
Ink levels seem incorrect
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
ARE YOU PRINTING GRAPHICS OR PHOTOS?
When you print documents with a large number of graphics, or when you print using the Best setting on the Print
Setup tab, the printer uses more ink. The type of documents you print and the print quality you select affect the
amount of ink the printer uses.
ARE YOU PRINTING A LARGE FILE?
The ink levels displayed in the printer software are not updated during a print job; they represent the ink level at
the beginning of a print job. The ink levels may seem inconsistent in the Printing Status window when you are
printing a large file.
Troubleshooting
208
Ink levels seem to go down too quickly
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
ARE YOU PRINTING PHOTOS OR DOCUMENTS WITH A LARGE NUMBER OF GRAPHICS?
Because photos and graphics require more ink than text documents do, ink usage increases when you print photos
or graphics.
ARE YOU PRINTING WITH THE BEST SETTING ON THE PRINT SETUP TAB?
To reduce ink usage, select Best only when you are printing on photo or heavyweight matte paper. All other paper
types print best at a lower setting. Select Quick Print or Normal to print most text documents.
A blank or incorrect page prints
R
EMOVE THE STICKER AND TAPE FROM THE PRINT CARTRIDGES
Lift the scanner unit, and remove the print cartridges from the print cartridge carrier. Make sure the sticker and
tape are removed from the print nozzles located on the bottom of the cartridges.
MAKE SURE THE CARTRIDGES ARE PROPERLY INSTALLED
With the front of the printer facing you, check for proper print cartridge installation. If you are using a color cartridge,
make sure it is properly installed in the right carrier. If you are using a black or photo cartridge, make sure it is
properly installed in the left carrier.
CHECK THE USB CONNECTION
1 Check that the USB cable is connected to the computer. The USB port on the back of the computer is marked
by the
USB symbol. Plug the long, flat end of the USB cable into this port.
2 Make sure that the smaller, more square end of the USB cable is plugged into the back of the printer.
3 Check that the USB cable is not damaged and that the light is on.
CLOSE OTHER OPEN FILES BEFORE PRINTING
Before sending a file to print, close all other open files in the program you are using. The printer prints a blank page
when too many files are open in the same program.
Characters on printout are missing or unexpected
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
MAKE SURE THE FONTS ARE APPLIED CORRECTLY IN THE PROGRAM
Most programs do not print a stretched or resized font.
Troubleshooting
209
MAKE SURE THE TRUETYPE FONT IS AVAILABLE ON THE COMPUTER
The font you are trying to print may not be available in the program font selection box. Not all fonts are designed
to be printed; make sure the font is a TrueType font. See the program documentation for more information.
MAKE SURE THE DOCUMENT WAS FORMATTED OR CREATED FOR THE PRINTER
Windows may substitute different fonts. Line and page breaks may change with the font. Use the program that
created the document to fix these problems, and then save the changes for the next time you print.
Colors on printout are faded or differ from colors on the screen
Check the following. When you think you have solved the problem, test the solution by sending a document to print.
ARE THE COLOR AND PRINT SPEED SETTINGS CORRECT?
You may need to adjust the color and print speed.
ARE THE PRINT CARTRIDGES LOW ON INK?
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel.
In Windows XP or 2000, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 If an exclamation point (!) appears on either of the print cartridges, the ink level is low. Install a new cartridge.
Glossy photo paper or transparencies stick together
D
O PHOTOS OR TRANSPARENCIES DRY AND STICK TOGETHER ON THE PAPER EXIT TRAY?
Remove the photos or transparencies from the paper exit tray as they exit the printer. Allow them to dry before
stacking. It takes longer for the ink to dry on the surface of photo paper or transparencies than it does on most
printouts.
ARE YOU USING A TRANSPARENCY OR PHOTO PAPER DESIGNED FOR AN INKJET PRINTER?
For more information on the types of paper you can use with the printer, see “Choosing compatible specialty paper
types” on page 96.
Troubleshooting
210
Page prints with different fonts
M
AKE SURE THE CORRECT PRINTER IS SELECTED
When printing from an application, make sure the selected printer is the correct printer you want to use to print
your job.
It is useful to have the default printer set to be the printer you use most often for printing.
MAKE SURE THE TRUETYPE FONT IS AVAILABLE ON THE COMPUTER
The font you are trying to print may not be available in the program font selection box. Not all fonts are designed
to be printed; make sure the font is a TrueType font. See the program documentation for more information.
MAKE SURE THE FONTS ARE APPLIED CORRECTLY IN THE PROGRAM
Most programs do not print a stretched or resized font.
Print is too dark or smudged
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
MAKE SURE THE INK IS DRY BEFORE HANDLING THE PAPER
Remove the paper as it exits, and let the ink dry before handling.
MAKE SURE THE SETTING ON THE PRINT SETUP TAB IS APPROPRIATE FOR THE PAPER TYPE
LOADED
IN THE PRINTER
The setting on the Print Setup tab in Printing Preferences may need adjusting if the ink smears on plain paper. If
you are using plain paper, try using the Automatic or Normal setting. If you are using photo paper, try using the
Best setting.
MAKE SURE THE PRINT CARTRIDGE NOZZLES ARE CLEAN
You may need to clean the print cartridge nozzles.
Printed characters are improperly formed or are not aligned
correctly
H
AVE YOU ADDED SPACES AT THE LEFT MARGIN?
If the print is not aligned correctly, make sure you have not added spaces by pressing Enter or the spacebar (hard-
coded spaces).
Troubleshooting
211
DO YOU NEED TO ALIGN THE PRINT CARTRIDGES?
The cartridges may be out of alignment.
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel.
In Windows XP or 2000, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 Click the Maintenance tab.
5 Click Align to fix blurry edges.
ARE THE PRINT CARTRIDGES CLEAN?
You may need to clean the print cartridge nozzles.
Printouts have alternating bands of light and dark print
If the printer pauses frequently during a print job and prints pages with alternating bands of light and dark print, it
is printing data faster than the computer can send it. Banded printing occurs when the printer pauses frequently.
You may need to change the printer software settings, or the problem may be that the printer and the computer are
not able to communicate properly.
ARE THE PRINTER AND THE COMPUTER ABLE TO COMMUNICATE DATA?
Check the printer status:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel.
In Windows XP or 2000, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 If the Printer Status is:
Cannot Communicate, the problem could be hardware or printer software settings.
Ready or Busy Printing, the problem may be with the printer software settings.
Transparencies or photos contain white lines
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
ADJUST THE SETTINGS ON THE PRINT SETUP TAB
1 With a document or photo open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
Troubleshooting
212
3 Select one of the following settings:
Automatic for the printer to determine the quality and speed according to the media type.
Quick Print for reduced print quality and faster print speed.
Normal for good print quality and average print speed.
Best for excellent print quality and reduced print speed.
CHECK THE PROGRAM SETTINGS
Use a different fill pattern in the program. For more information, see the program documentation.
PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON THE PRINT CARTRIDGES
You may need to clean the print cartridge nozzles.
Vertical straight lines are not smooth
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
ADJUST THE SETTINGS ON THE PRINT SETUP TAB
1 With a document or photo open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
The Print Setup tab appears.
3 There are four settings which adjust the printing speed and print quality. Select:
Automatic for the printer to determine the quality and speed according to the media type.
Quick Print for reduced print quality and faster print speed.
Normal for good print quality and average print speed.
Best for excellent print quality and reduced print speed.
ALIGN THE PRINT CARTRIDGES
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel.
In Windows XP or 2000, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 Click the Maintenance tab.
5 Click Align to fix blurry edges.
Troubleshooting
213
White lines appear in graphics or solid black areas
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
ADJUST THE QUALITY SETTING ON THE PRINT SETUP TAB IN PRINTING PREFERENCES
For excellent print quality and reduced print speed, select Best.
For good print quality and average print speed, select Normal.
For reduced print quality and faster print speed, select Quick Print.
To have the printer determine the quality and speed according to media type, select Automatic.
ADJUST THE PROGRAM SETTINGS FOR THE DOCUMENT
Use a different fill pattern in the program. For more information, see the program documentation.
PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON THE PRINT CARTRIDGES
You may need to clean the print cartridge nozzles.
Checking the printer status
Windows Vista users only
1 Click Control Panel.
2 On the Control Panel menu, under Hardware and Sound, click Printer.
3 Make sure:
The printer icon does not say “Paused.” If the printer is paused, right-click the icon, and then click Resume
Printing.
The printer icon says “Ready.” If it says “Offline,” right-click the icon, and then click Use Printer Online.
The printer icon has a check mark indicating that the printer is set as the default printer. If it is not set as the
default printer, right-click the icon, and then click Set as Default Printer.
Windows XP users only
1 Click Start Settings Printers or Printers and Faxes.
2 Make sure:
The printer icon does not say “Paused.” If the printer is paused, right-click the icon, and then click Resume
Printing.
The printer icon says “Ready.” If it says “Offline,” right-click the icon, and then click Use Printer Online.
The printer icon has a check mark indicating that the printer is set as the default printer. If it is not set as the
default printer, right-click the icon, and then click Set as Default.
Windows 2000 users only
1 Click Start Settings Printers.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
Troubleshooting
214
3 Make sure:
Set as Default Printer is selected.
Pause Printing is not selected.
Use Printer Offline is not selected.
Settings are not saved
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHANGE TIME-OUT SETTINGS
If you press to select a setting, an * appears next to the selected setting. The printer reverts to the default setting
after two minutes of inactivity or if the printer is turned off.
SAVE SETTINGS
If you press to select a setting, an * appears next to the selected setting.
Checking printer readiness
The printer may not be ready to print. Check the following. When you think you have solved the problem, test the
solution by sending a document to print.
MAKE SURE THE PRINTER HAS PAPER AND IS PROPERLY LOADED
Make sure you have followed the correct loading instructions for your printer.
REMOVE THE STICKER AND TAPE FROM THE PRINT CARTRIDGES
1 Lift the scanner unit.
2 Remove the print cartridges from the print cartridge carrier.
3 Make sure the sticker and tape are removed from the bottom and back of the cartridges.
DO THE PRINT CARTRIDGES HAVE INK?
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
If an exclamation point (!) appears on either of the print cartridges, the ink level is low. Install a new cartridge.
Troubleshooting
215
CHECK THE USB CONNECTION
1 Check that the USB cable is connected to the computer. The USB port on the back of the computer is marked
by the USB symbol. Plug the long, flat end of the USB cable into this port.
2 Make sure that the smaller, more square end of the USB cable is plugged into the back of the printer.
3 Check that the USB cable is not damaged and that the light is on.
Resolving font problems
H
AVE YOU APPLIED THE FONTS CORRECTLY IN THE PROGRAM?
Most programs do not print a stretched or resized font.
IS THE FONT A TRUETYPE FONT? IS IT AVAILABLE ON THE COMPUTER?
The font you are trying to print may not be available in the program font selection box. Not all fonts are designed
to be printed; make sure the font is a TrueType font. See the program documentation for more information.
WAS THE DOCUMENT FORMATTED OR CREATED FOR THE PRINTER?
Windows may substitute different fonts. Line and page breaks may change with the font. Use the program that
created the document to fix these problems, and then save the changes for the next time you print.
Printer is busy printing another job
Wait until the printer has finished printing all other print jobs before sending this job to print.
Ready or Busy Printing is listed as the status
If Ready or Busy Printing is listed as the Printer Status on the Status tab of the Solution Center while you are attempting
to print, try the suggestions below. Next, test the solution by sending a document to print.
IS THERE A PROBLEM WITH THE CONNECTIONS?
1 Check that the USB cable is connected to the computer. The USB port on the back of the computer is marked
by the USB symbol. Plug the long, flat end of the USB cable into this port.
2 Make sure that the smaller, more square end of the USB cable is plugged into the back of the printer.
3 Check that the USB cable is not damaged and that the light is on.
DO YOU NEED TO ADJUST THE SETTINGS ON THE PRINT SETUP TAB?
Select one of four settings, Automatic, Quick Print, Normal, or Best, from the Print Setup tab in Printing Preferences.
1 Click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 From the Print Setup tab, make changes as needed.
4 Click OK to close any dialog boxes that are open.
Troubleshooting
216
IS THE PROBLEM WITH THE PROGRAM?
Try printing a different image. If it prints correctly, the problem may be with the program you are using. For more
information, see the program documentation.
Printing a test page
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 From the Maintenance tab, click Print a test page.
5 Compare the printed page to the image displayed on the computer screen. If the printed image matches the
image displayed on the screen, then you are finished.
6 If the test page did not print at all or has quality problems, attend to any error messages that appear on the screen.
Test page does not print
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
MAKE SURE THE PRINTER IS RECEIVING POWER
If is not on, the printer may not be receiving power.
Press .
Plug the printer into a different electrical outlet.
If the printer is plugged into a surge protector, unplug the printer, and plug it directly into an electrical outlet.
CHECK THE USB CONNECTION
1 Check that the USB cable is connected to the computer. The USB port on the back of the computer is marked
by the
USB symbol. Plug the long, flat end of the USB cable into this port.
2 Make sure that the smaller, more square end of the USB cable is plugged into the back of the printer.
3 Check that the USB cable is not damaged and that the light is on.
MAKE SURE THE CARTRIDGES ARE PROPERLY INSTALLED
With the front of the printer facing you, check for proper print cartridge installation. If you are using a color cartridge,
make sure it is properly installed in the right carrier. If you are using a black cartridge or photo cartridge, make sure
it is properly installed in the left carrier.
Make sure the sticker and tape are removed from the print cartridges:
1 Lift the scanner unit.
2 Remove the print cartridges from the print cartridge carrier.
3 Make sure the sticker and tape are removed from the bottom and back of the print cartridges.
Troubleshooting
217
TRY PRINTING A TEST PAGE AGAIN
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel.
In Windows XP or 2000, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center.
4 Click the Maintenance tab.
5 Click Print a test page.
External print server is not working
If there is an external device connected between the computer and the printer, make sure it supports bidirectional
communication.
Disconnect the printer from the external device, and connect it directly to the computer. If the printer works, there
may be a problem with the print server. See the documentation that shipped with the print server.
There may be a problem with the USB cable. Try a different cable.
Removing an external print server
1 Press to turn the printer off.
2 Make sure the power to the print server is off.
3 Remove the USB cable from the external print server.
4 Disconnect the external print server from the computer.
5 Connect the printer USB cable to the printer.
6 Press to turn the printer back on.
Cable is not connected, is loose, or is damaged
The USB cable must be fully connected and undamaged for proper communication.
MAKE SURE THE USB CABLE IS CONNECTED TO THE USB PORT ON THE BACK OF THE COMPUTER
The USB port on the back of the computer is marked with the USB symbol. Plug the long, flat end of the USB
cable into this port.
MAKE SURE THE OTHER END OF THE USB CABLE IS CONNECTED TO THE BACK OF THE PRINTER
Plug the smaller, more square end of the USB cable into the back of the printer.
Troubleshooting
218
MAKE SURE THE CABLE IS NOT DAMAGED OR LOOSE
Make sure:
The USB cable is not damaged.
The light is on.
Printer is plugged in but does not print
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
MAKE SURE THE PRINTER IS SET AS THE DEFAULT PRINTER
Try printing a test page.
MAKE SURE THE PRINT QUEUE IS READY TO PRINT
Make sure the printer is set as the default printer and is not being held or paused.
Printer is trying to print to File
If the computer is sending the print jobs to File rather than to the printer connected to the computer, first make sure
the printer is attached with a USB cable to a USB port on the computer.
To verify the USB port:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel Printers (under Hardware and Sound).
In Windows XP, click Start Settings Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 From the sidebar menu, select Properties.
4 Click the Ports tab.
5 Make sure:
The port is set to a USB port.
FILE is not set as the port.
If the document still does not print, then the USB port may not be enabled in the computer. For more information,
see “Enabling the USB port” on page 192.
Printer cannot communicate with computers over peer-to-peer
network
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK THE STATUS OF THE HOST COMPUTER AND PRINTER
Make sure:
The host computer is on and is directly connected to the printer.
The host computer can print to the printer.
Troubleshooting
219
The printer is shown as Shared in the Printer folder on Windows Vista, or the Printers and Faxes folder in
Windows XP, or the Printers folder in Windows 2000 on the host computer.
CHECK THE PRINTER STATUS
Windows Vista users:
1 Click Control Panel Printer (under Hardware and Sound).
2 Right-click the icon for your printer.
3 Click Sharing.
4 Click Change Sharing Options, and confirm the Windows prompt.
5 Select Share this printer, and then give the printer a distinctive name.
6 Click OK.
Windows XP users:
1 Click Start Settings Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the icon for your printer.
3 Click Sharing.
4 Select Share this printer, and then give the printer a distinctive name.
5 Click OK.
Windows 2000 users:
1 Click Start Settings Printers.
2 Right-click the icon for your printer.
3 Click Sharing.
4 Select Shared as, and then give the printer a distinctive name.
5 Click OK.
TRY TO LOCATE THE PRINTER FROM THE REMOTE COMPUTER
If the printer is shown as Shared on the host computer, but you still cannot print, try to locate the printer from the
remote computer.
Windows Vista, Windows XP, or Windows 2000 users:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel Printer (under Hardware and Sound).
In Windows XP, click Start Settings Printers and Faxes.
In Windows 2000, click Start Settings Printers.
2 Open the Printer, Printers and Faxes, or Printers folder.
3 Right-click the icon for your printer.
4 Click Properties.
5 Click the Ports tab, and then click the Add Port button.
Troubleshooting
220
6 Select Local Port, and then click the New Port button.
7 Type the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) Port name, which consists of the server name and the distinctive
printer name.
The name should be in the form \\server\printer.
8 Click OK.
9 Click Close.
10 Make sure the new port has been selected on the Ports tab, and then click Apply.
The new port is listed with the printer name.
11 Click OK.
RESTART THE HOST COMPUTER AND THE REMOTE COMPUTER
Try printing again.
Printer is not able to communicate with the computer
The printer and computer are not able to exchange data. Verify that the printer is plugged in, and the light is on.
Problems when copying, scanning, or faxing
Close other software
Close all programs not being used.
Change the scanning resolution to a lower value
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 From the left pane of the Welcome screen, click Scan.
4 Click Custom Settings.
5 Select a lower scan resolution.
6 Click Start.
Is the original document loaded correctly on the scanner glass?
Make sure the original document is placed in the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
Place the item you want to copy facedown on the scanner glass.
Make sure the upper left corner of the front of the item lines up with the arrows in the corner of the scanner glass.
Wrong printer is attached
The printer attached to the computer is not the correct printer. See the setup documentation for help attaching the
printer.
Troubleshooting
221
Updating the printer software
The printer software needs to be updated to run properly.
1 Start Windows.
2 When the desktop appears, insert the software CD for Windows.
The installation screen appears.
3 Click Install.
4 When the Existing Printer Driver Found dialog box appears, select Update the existing driver software.
Bidirectional communication is not established
The printer and computer may not be able to exchange data.
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK THE USB CONNECTION
1 Check that the USB cable is connected to the computer. The USB port on the back of the computer is marked
by the USB symbol. Plug the long, flat end of the USB cable into this port.
2 Make sure that the smaller, more square end of the USB cable is plugged into the back of the printer.
3 Check that the USB cable is not damaged and that the light is on.
MAKE SURE THE PRINTER IS RECEIVING POWER
If the button is not lit, the printer may not be receiving power.
Plug the printer into a different outlet.
If the printer is plugged into a surge protector, unplug the printer, and plug it directly into an electrical outlet.
MAKE SURE THE EXTERNAL PRINT SERVER IS WORKING
If the printer is connected to an external print server, the problem may be with this print server. Check to make
sure the device is working properly and that the printer is connected to the network.
Experiencing poor quality or incorrect output
See the topic that best describes the problem.
Print is too dark or smudged
Vertical straight lines are not smooth
White lines appear in graphics or solid black areas
Characters are missing or unexpected
Colors on printout are faded or differ from colors on the screen
Printouts have alternating bands of light and dark print
Page prints with different fonts
Printed characters are improperly formed or are not aligned correctly at the left margin
Troubleshooting
222
Transparencies or photos contain white lines
Glossy photo paper or transparencies stick together
Cannot print from digital camera using PictBridge
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
ENABLE PICTBRIDGE PRINTING FROM CAMERA
Enable PictBridge printing on the camera by selecting the correct USB mode. If the camera USB selection is incorrect,
the camera will be detected as a USB storage device, or an error message will be displayed on the control panel of
the printer. For more information, see the digital camera documentation.
MAKE SURE THE CAMERA IS A PICTBRIDGE-ENABLED DIGITAL CAMERA
1 Disconnect the camera.
2 Connect a PictBridge-enabled digital camera to the PictBridge port. See the digital camera documentation to
determine whether it is PictBridge-enabled.
CHECK USB CABLE
Use only the USB cable that came with the camera.
REMOVE MEMORY CARDS
Remove any memory cards from the printer.
CHECK MESSAGES
If an error message appears on the display, see “Error messages on the computer screen” on page 256.
Cannot print from a Bluetooth-enabled device
If you are having trouble printing from a Bluetooth-enabled device, these are possible solutions. Try one or more of
the following:
MAKE SURE THAT THE BLUETOOTH MODE AND THE BLUETOOTH DISCOVERY MODE ARE
ENABLED
ON YOUR PRINTER
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Bluetooth Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
The Bluetooth Default Settings menu appears with Bluetooth Enabled highlighted.
5 Press or until On appears.
6 Press or repeatedly until the option for Discovery Mode is highlighted.
Troubleshooting
223
7 Press or until On appears.
8 Press .
MAKE SURE YOU TYPE IN THE CORRECT PASS KEY
If you set Security to High, you must type in the pass key from another Bluetooth-enabled device. Consider
setting Security to Low to eliminate the need for a pass key:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Bluetooth Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
The Bluetooth Default Settings menu appears.
5 Press or repeatedly until the option for Security is highlighted.
6 Press or repeatedly until Low appears.
7 Press .
MAKE SURE THAT THE EXTERNAL BLUETOOTH-ENABLED DEVICE IS CONFIGURED TO
COMMUNICATE
WITH THE BLUETOOTH ADAPTER CONNECTED TO YOUR PRINTER
For more information, see the documentation that came with the external Bluetooth-enabled device.
Jams and misfeeds troubleshooting
How to clear and avoid paper jams
To clear the paper path:
1 Pull firmly on the paper to remove it. If you cannot reach the paper because it is too far into the printer, lift the
scanner unit to open the printer.
2 Pull the paper out.
3 Close the scanner unit.
4 Press .
5 Reprint any missing pages.
To avoid paper jams, do not force paper into the printer.
Troubleshooting
224
Duplex unit does not operate correctly
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK PAPER SIZE AND TYPE
Check the paper size and type to make sure the paper is supported by the printer. If you are using automatic
duplexing, use only letter- or A4-size plain paper.
CHECK FOR PAPER JAMS
Check for and clear any paper jams. For more information, see “Paper jam in the duplex unit” on page 230.
MAKE SURE THE DUPLEX UNIT IS PROPERLY INSTALLED
Remove the duplex unit and reinstall it. For more information, see “Paper jam in the duplex unit” on page 230.
Unsupported Paper Size / Unsupported Paper Type
You have not selected the correct paper size or type for two-sided printing.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Paper Handling is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or to choose Size.
6 Press or until you find the correct paper size.
7 Press or to choose Type.
8 Press or until you find the correct paper type. You can also set the printer to Auto Detect, to let the
printer sense the paper type.
9 Press .
Note: Use only plain paper in letter or A4 size for automatic two-sided printing. The printer will not make two-sided
copies on envelopes, card stock, or photo paper.
Printing Manual Duplex
The printer displays this message when it detects a paper size or type not supported for automatic two-sided (duplex)
printing. Automatic two-sided printing works only with plain letter or A4 paper. If you use another paper size or type,
the printer displays this error message and switches to the manual two-sided printing method.
Note: If you want to have your two-sided print job printed manually, click Continue. If you do not, click Cancel
Printing.
Troubleshooting
225
Paper jam in the printer
E
JECT THE PAPER AUTOMATICALLY
To remove the paper jam, eject the paper:
1 Press and hold .
2 Remove the paper from the paper exit tray.
REMOVE THE PAPER MANUALLY
1 Press to turn off the printer.
2 Firmly grasp the paper, and gently pull it out.
3 Press to turn the printer back on.
Paper jam in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
1 Flip open the ADF by grasping the notch in the left side of the ADF and pulling up.
Troubleshooting
226
2 Firmly grasp the paper, and gently pull it out.
3 Close the ADF.
4 Press .
Paper or specialty media misfeeds
These are possible solutions if paper or specialty media misfeeds or skews, or if multiple sheets feed or stick together.
Try one or more of the following:
CHECK PAPER CONDITION
Use only new, unwrinkled paper.
CHECK PAPER LOADING
Load a smaller amount of paper into the printer.
Load paper with the printable side facing down. (If you are not sure which side is the printable side, see the
instructions that came with the paper.)
Troubleshooting
227
See “Loading paper in Tray 1” on page 70 and its related topics for information about:
Maximum loading amounts per paper type
Specific loading instructions for supported paper and specialty media
REMOVE EACH PAGE AS IT IS PRINTED
Remove each page as it exits, and let it dry completely before stacking.
ADJUST THE PAPER GUIDES
Adjust the paper guides:
When using media less than 8.5 inches wide
To rest against the edges of the paper or media, making sure it does not buckle
Printer does not feed paper, envelopes, or specialty media
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK FOR PAPER JAMS
Check for and clear any paper jams. For more information, see “Jams and misfeeds troubleshooting” on
page 224.
CHECK MEDIA LOADING
Verify that the specialty media is loaded correctly. For more information, see “Loading paper in Tray 1” on
page 70.
Try loading one page, envelope, or sheet of specialty media at a time.
CHECK PRINTER DEFAULT AND PAUSE SETTINGS
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel Printer (under Hardware and Sound).
In Windows XP, click Start Settings Printers or Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 From the toolbar, click See what's printing.
Troubleshooting
228
4 Click Printer to look at the drop-down menu.
Make sure no check mark appears next to Pause Printing.
If a check mark does not appear next to Set As Default Printer, you must select the correct printer from a
list each time you print.
Banner paper jams
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CLEAR BANNER PAPER JAMS
1 Press to turn off the printer.
2 Remove the jammed banner paper from the printer.
REVIEW BANNER PRINTING CHECKLIST
Use only the number of sheets needed for the banner.
Select the following settings to enable the printer to feed paper continuously without jamming:
1 With a document open, click File Print.
2 Click Properties, Preferences, Options, or Setup.
3 Click the Advanced tab.
4 From the Layout drop-down box, select Banner.
5 From the Banner Paper Size drop-down box, select Letter Banner or A4 Banner as the paper size.
6 Click the Print Setup tab.
7 From the Orientation area, select Portrait or Landscape.
8 Click OK or Print.
Paper continues to jam
A
RE YOU USING PAPER DESIGNED FOR AN INKJET PRINTER?
Check the type of paper you are using. Some low-quality papers may be too thin or too slick to be fed correctly
into the printer. For more information, see “Choosing compatible specialty paper types” on page 96.
ARE YOU LOADING THE PAPER CORRECTLY?
For more information, see “Loading paper in Tray 1” on page 70.
Note: Do not force paper into the printer.
Troubleshooting
229
Paper jam in the duplex unit
1 Push down on the duplex latch as you grasp the duplex unit.
2 Pull out the duplex unit.
3 Firmly grasp the paper, and gently pull it out.
4 Push down on the duplex latch as you reinstall the duplex unit.
5 Press .
6 On your computer, delete or stop the print job, and then try resending the print job again.
Troubleshooting
230
Paper jam in Tray 1 or optional Tray 2
1 Pull Tray 1 completely out of the printer or pull the optional Tray 2 completely out of its base.
2 Remove the jam:
For Tray 1:
For Tray 2:
3 Reinstall the tray.
Troubleshooting
231
Paper jam in the small media feeder
If the jam is visible from the front and there is enough of the envelope or photo card to grasp, to remove the jam:
1 Pull Tray 1 about 50.8 mm (2 inches) out of the printer.
2 Grasp the envelope or photo card and pull it out.
3 Reinstall Tray 1.
If the envelope or photo card cannot be grasped from the front and is barely visible, to remove the jam:
1 Press the button as you grasp the handle on the duplex unit cover.
2 Pull out the duplex unit cover.
3 Push down on the button on the rear access door.
4 Lower the door slightly.
5 Firmly grasp the envelope or photo card, and gently pull it out.
Troubleshooting
232
6 Close the rear access door.
7 Align and install the duplex unit cover.
8 Press .
Memory card troubleshooting
Memory card cannot be inserted
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MEMORY CARD TYPE
Make sure that the type of memory card you are using can be used in the printer.
CHECK MEMORY CARD PLACEMENT
Make sure you have inserted the memory card in the correct slot.
Nothing happens when memory card is inserted
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
REINSERT THE MEMORY CARD
The memory card may have been inserted too slowly. Remove and then reinsert the memory card quickly.
CHECK MEMORY CARD PLACEMENT
Make sure you have inserted the memory card in the correct slot. For more information, see “Inserting a memory
card” on page 112.
CHECK MEMORY CARD TYPE
Make sure that the type of memory card you are using can be used in the printer. For more information, see
“Inserting a memory card” on page 112.
CHECK TO SEE IF THE MEMORY CARD IS DAMAGED
Check that there is no obvious damage to the memory card.
Troubleshooting
233
CHECK TO SEE IF THE MEMORY CARD CONTAINS PHOTOS
Insert a memory card that contains photos.
MAKE SURE THE USB CABLE IS CONNECTED
If the printer is connected to the computer through a USB cable:
1 Check the USB cable for any obvious damage.
2 Firmly plug the square end of the USB cable into the back of the printer.
3 Firmly plug the rectangular end of the USB cable into the USB port of the computer.
The USB port is marked with the
USB symbol.
CHECK THE NETWORK CONNECTION
If the printer and computer are connected over a network, make sure that the correct host and device are
communicating. Select the printer from the computer or the computer from the printer.
Cannot print documents from a memory card or flash drive
C
HECK THE TYPE OF FILES CONTAINED ON THE MEMORY CARD OR FLASH DRIVE
The printer recognizes:
Files that have the following extensions:
.doc (Microsoft Word)
.xls (Microsoft Excel)
.ppt (Microsoft PowerPoint)
.pdf (Adobe Portable Document Format)
.rtf (Rich Text Format)
.docx (Microsoft Word Open Document Format)
.xlsx (Microsoft Excel Open Document Format)
.pptx (Microsoft PowerPoint Open Document Format)
.wps (Microsoft Works)
.wpd (WordPerfect)
Photos
CHECK THE MEMORY CARD OR FLASH DRIVE
Make sure the memory card or flash drive is not corrupted. Remove memory devices properly from the printer to
avoid corruption or loss of data.
CHECK NETWORK CONNECTIONS AND POWER
Make sure the printer is connected to your computer through a USB cable, and that both the printer and the
computer are turned on. You cannot print documents from a memory card or flash drive through a wireless network.
Applications supporting the formats listed above must be on the connected computer.
Troubleshooting
234
Copy troubleshooting
Copier does not respond
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MESSAGES
See “Error messages on the computer screen” on page 256.
CHECK POWER
If the light is not on, make sure the power cord is properly connected to the printer and to a properly grounded
electrical outlet.
Scanner unit does not close
1 Lift the scanner unit.
2 Remove any obstruction keeping the scanner unit open.
3 Lower the scanner unit.
Poor copy quality
Blank pages
Checkerboard pattern
Distorted graphics or pictures
Missing characters
Faded print
Dark print
Skewed lines
Smudges
Streaks
Unexpected characters
White lines in print
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MESSAGES
If an error message is displayed, see “Error messages on the computer screen” on page 256.
CHECK INK
Check the ink levels, and install a new print cartridge if necessary.
CLEAN THE SCANNER GLASS
If the scanner glass is dirty, gently wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth dampened with water.
REVIEW STEPS TO IMPROVE PRINT QUALITY
See “Improving print quality” on page 203.
Troubleshooting
235
ADJUST THE BRIGHTNESS OF THE COPY
1 Load the document facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
3 Press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Lighter/Darker is highlighted.
5 Press or repeatedly to lighten or darken the copy.
6 Press .
CHECK THE QUALITY OF THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT
If the quality of the original document is not satisfactory, try using a clearer version of the document or image.
ARE YOU SCANNING FROM PHOTO OR GLOSSY PAPER, A MAGAZINE, OR A NEWSPAPER?
If you are copying or scanning from photo or glossy paper, a magazine, or a newspaper, see “Scanning clear images
from magazines or newspapers” on page 149.
CHECK DOCUMENT PLACEMENT
Make sure the document is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner or faceup into the ADF.
Note: Do not load photos in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).
Copied item does not match the original item
Make sure the original document is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner or faceup into the
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).
Partial document or photo copies
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK DOCUMENT PLACEMENT
Make sure the document is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner or faceup into the ADF.
Note: Do not load photos in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).
CHECK PAPER SIZE
Make sure the paper size being used matches the size you selected.
CHECK ORIGINAL SIZE SETTING
Make sure that the Original Size setting under the Copy Mode menu is Auto Detect or the size of the original
document that you are copying.
Troubleshooting
236
Scan troubleshooting
Scanner does not respond
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MESSAGES
Resolve all error messages.
CHECK POWER
If the light is not on, make sure the printer is plugged into a properly grounded outlet. Make sure the power
cord is properly connected to the printer.
CHECK PRINTER DEFAULT AND PAUSE SETTINGS
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click Control Panel Printers (under Hardware and Sound).
In Windows XP, click Start Settings Printers or Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Lexmark 9500 Series icon.
3 From the toolbar, click See what's printing.
4 Click Printer to look at the drop-down menu.
Make sure no check mark appears next to Pause Printing.
If a check mark does not appear next to Set As Default Printer, you must select the correct printer from a
list each time you print.
REMOVING AND REINSTALLING THE SOFTWARE
For more information, see “Removing and reinstalling the software” on page 191.
Scan was not successful
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK USB CABLE CONNECTION
1 Check the USB cable for any obvious damage.
2 Firmly plug the square end of the USB cable into the back of the printer.
3 Firmly plug the rectangular end of the USB cable into the USB port of the computer.
The USB port is marked with the
USB symbol.
RESTART COMPUTER
Turn off and then restart your computer.
Troubleshooting
237
Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CLOSE OTHER SOFTWARE
Close all programs not being used.
CHANGE THE SCANNING RESOLUTION TO A LOWER VALUE
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 From the Welcome Screen, click Scan.
4 Click Custom Settings.
5 From the Scan Resolution drop-down list, select a lower scan resolution.
6 Click Start.
Poor scanned image quality
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MESSAGES
If an error message is displayed, see “Error messages on the printer display” on page 250.
CLEAN THE SCANNER GLASS
If the scanner glass is dirty, gently wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth dampened with water.
ADJUST THE QUALITY OF THE SCAN
1 Load an original document facedown on the scanner glass.
2 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
3 From the Welcome screen, click Scan.
4 Click Custom Settings.
5 Select a higher scan resolution.
6 Click Start.
REVIEW STEPS TO IMPROVE PRINT QUALITY
See “Improving print quality” on page 203.
ARE YOU SCANNING FROM PHOTO OR GLOSSY PAPER, A MAGAZINE, OR A NEWSPAPER?
If you are copying or scanning from photo or glossy paper, a magazine, or a newspaper, see “Removing wavy
patterns from scanned photos, magazines, or newspapers” on page 125.
Troubleshooting
238
CHECK QUALITY OF ORIGINAL DOCUMENT
If the quality of the original document is not satisfactory, try using a clearer version of the document or image.
CHECK DOCUMENT PLACEMENT
Make sure the document or photo is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the lower right corner.
Partial document or photo scans
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK DOCUMENT PLACEMENT
Make sure the document is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner or faceup into the ADF.
Note: Do not load photos in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).
CHECK ORIGINAL SIZE SETTING
Make sure the Original Size setting under the Scan Mode menu is Auto Detect or the size of the original
document you are scanning.
Cannot scan to a computer over a network
See “Scanning to a computer over a network using the control panel” on page 147.
Fax troubleshooting
Cannot send or receive a fax
These are possible solutions. Try one of the following:
CHECK MESSAGES
If an error message is displayed, follow the instructions on the error message dialog.
CHECK POWER
If the light is not on, see “Power button is not lit” on page 187.
CHECK CABLE CONNECTIONS
Make sure cable connections for the following hardware are secure, if applicable:
Power supply
Telephone
Handset
Answering machine
Troubleshooting
239
CHECK THE TELEPHONE WALL JACK
1 Plug a telephone into the wall jack.
2 Listen for a dial tone.
3 If you do not hear a dial tone, plug a different telephone into the wall jack.
4 If you still do not hear a dial tone, plug a telephone into a different wall jack.
5 If you hear a dial tone, connect the printer to that wall jack.
REVIEW DIGITAL PHONE SERVICE CHECKLIST
The fax modem is an analog device. Certain devices can be connected to the printer so that digital telephone
services can be used.
If you are using an ISDN telephone service, connect the printer to an analog telephone port (an R-interface
port) on an ISDN terminal adapter. For more information and to request an R-interface port, contact your ISDN
provider.
If you are using DSL, connect to a DSL filter or router that will support analog use. For more information, contact
your DSL provider.
If you are using a PBX telephone service, make sure you are connecting to an analog connection on the PBX.
If none exists, consider installing an analog telephone line for the fax machine. For more information on faxing
when using a PBX telephone service, see “Setting up to fax while behind a PBX” on page 38.
VERIFY DIAL TONE
Place a test call to the telephone number to which you want to send a fax to make sure that it is working
correctly.
If the telephone line is being used by another device, wait until the other device is finished before sending a
fax.
If you are using the On Hook Dial feature, turn up the volume to verify a dial tone.
DISCONNECT OTHER EQUIPMENT TEMPORARILY
To ensure the printer is working correctly, connect it directly to the telephone line. Disconnect any answering
machines, computers with modems, or telephone line splitters.
CHECK FOR PAPER JAMS
Check for and clear any paper jams.
DISABLE CALL WAITING TEMPORARILY
Call Waiting can disrupt fax transmissions. Disable this feature before sending or receiving a fax. Call your telephone
company to obtain the keypad sequence for temporarily disabling Call Waiting.
Troubleshooting
240
DO YOU HAVE VOICE MAIL SERVICE?
Voice Mail offered through your local telephone company may disrupt fax transmissions. To enable both Voice
Mail and the printer to answer calls:
See “Setting the distinctive ring” on page 173. Setting selections include single ring, double ring, triple ring,
and any ring.
Consider adding a second telephone line for the printer.
CHECK COUNTRY CODE
Make sure the country code has been set for the country or region where you are operating the printer:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Setup is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Change Printer Default Settings is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Country is highlighted.
6 If the country name is correct, press to save the setting.
7 If you want to change the country, press or repeatedly until the country or region where you are operating
the printer appears.
8 Press to save the setting.
IS YOUR PRINTER MEMORY FULL?
1 Dial the receiving number.
2 Scan the original document one page at a time.
Can send but not receive faxes
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
LOAD PAPER
Load paper to print any faxes that have been stored in the printer.
MAKE SURE AUTO ANSWER IS ON
If Auto Answer is on:
The printer will answer after the preset number of telephone rings.
If you are using a distinctive ring, see “Setting the distinctive ring” on page 164.
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until you reach Auto Answer.
Troubleshooting
241
4 Check to see if On is selected.
5 If not, press or until On appears.
6 Press to save.
CHECK INK
Check the ink levels, and install a new print cartridge if necessary.
MAKE SURE FAX FORWARDING IS NOT SELECTED
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Ringing and Answering is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Fax Forward.
8 Press or repeatedly until Off appears.
9 Press to save the setting.
Can receive but not send faxes
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK MODE SELECTION
To make sure the printer is set for faxing:
1 Press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
CHECK DOCUMENT PLACEMENT
Load the original document facedown in the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
CHECK THE DIAL PREFIX SETTING
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
Troubleshooting
242
5 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Dial Prefix.
8 To change the setting, press or repeatedly until Create appears.
9 Press .
10 Enter the prefix to be dialed before each telephone number.
11 Press to save.
CHECK SPEED DIAL NUMBER
Check to make sure Speed Dial has been programmed for the number that you wish to dial. See “Setting up
Speed Dial” on page 174.
As an alternative, dial the telephone number manually.
BE SURE THAT PRINTER IS DETECTING A DIAL TONE
See “Sending a fax while listening to a call (On Hook Dial)” on page 154.
Check the Dial Method setting.
1 Listen for a dial tone. If you hear a dial tone but the printer hangs up without dialing, this means it did not
recognize the dial tone.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
7 Press .
8 Press or repeatedly until you reach Dial Method.
9 Press or repeatedly until Behind PBX (Dial Tone Detect Off) appears.
10 Press to save.
Printer receives a blank fax
These are possible causes and solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK ORIGINAL DOCUMENT
Ask the sender to verify the original document was loaded correctly.
CHECK INK
Check the ink levels, and install a new print cartridge if necessary.
Troubleshooting
243
CHECK CARTRIDGES
1 Remove the print cartridges.
2 Make sure the sticker and tape have been removed.
1
2
3 Reinsert the print cartridges.
Received fax has poor print quality
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
REVIEW CHECKLIST FOR SENDER
Check that the quality of the original document is satisfactory.
Resend the fax. There may have been a problem with the quality of the telephone line connection.
Increase the fax scan resolution.
CHECK INK
Check the ink levels and install a new print cartridge if necessary.
DECREASE THE TRANSMISSION SPEED
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Max Send Speed.
8 Press or to select a lower transmission speed.
9 Press to save.
10 Resend the fax.
11 If the problem persists, repeat step 1 through step 10 to resend the fax at successively lower transmission
speeds.
Note: 2400 bps is the lowest transmission speed.
Troubleshooting
244
Notes:
The lower the transmission speed, the longer it will take your fax to print.
This solution will reduce the speed for future faxes until you reset the transmission speed.
Caller ID information is not displayed
C
ALLER ID PATTERN MAY NOT BE SET CORRECTLY
The printer supports two distinct Caller ID patterns: Pattern 1 (FSK) and Pattern 2 (DTMF). Depending on the country
or region you live in and the telecommunications company you subscribe to, you may need to switch the pattern
for the printer to display Caller ID information. For more information, see “Using Caller ID from the control panel”
on page 157.
Fax Error
The fax machines have stopped communicating.
Resend the fax. There may have been a problem with the quality of the telephone line connection.
Remote Fax Error
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHECK PHONE LINE
Resend the fax. There may have been a problem with the quality of the telephone line connection.
LOWER THE TRANSMISSION SPEED
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until you reach Max Send Speed.
8 Press or to select a lower transmission speed.
9 Press to save.
10 Resend the fax.
11 If the problem persists, repeat step 1 through step 10 to resend the fax at successively lower transmission
speeds.
Troubleshooting
245
Notes:
2400 bps is the lowest transmission speed
The lower the transmission speed, the longer it will take your fax to print.
This solution will reduce the speed for future faxes until you reset the transmission speed.
Phone Line Busy
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
CHANGE REDIAL SETTINGS
The printer automatically redials three times at 2-minute intervals. You can change the default settings to redial
up to five times at intervals up to 8 minutes.
To change the redial settings:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 To change the length of time between redials:
a Press or repeatedly until you reach Redial Time.
b Press or repeatedly until the setting you want appears.
c Press to save.
8 To change the number of times the printer will redial:
a Press or repeatedly until you reach Redial Tries.
b Press or repeatedly until the setting you want appears.
c Press to save.
SCHEDULE TO RESEND FAX AT A LATER TIME
See “Sending a broadcast fax at a scheduled time” on page 155.
Troubleshooting
246
Phone Line Error
These are possible causes and solutions. Try one or more of the following:
REVIEW DIGITAL PHONE SERVICE CHECKLIST
The fax modem is an analog device. Certain devices can be connected to the printer so that digital telephone
services can be used.
If you are using an ISDN telephone service, connect the printer to an analog telephone port (an R-interface
port) on an ISDN terminal adapter. For more information and to request an R-interface port, contact your ISDN
provider.
If you are using DSL, connect to a DSL filter or router that will support analog use. For more information, contact
your DSL provider.
If you are using a PBX telephone service, make sure you are connecting to an analog connection on the PBX.
If none exists, consider installing an analog telephone line for the fax machine. For more information on faxing
when using a PBX telephone service, see “Setting up to fax while behind a PBX” on page 38.
CHECK PHONE LINE
If the telephone line is being used by another device, wait until the other device is finished before sending the fax.
CHECK CABLE CONNECTIONS
Make sure cable connections for the following hardware are secure, if applicable:
Power supply
Telephone
Handset
Answering machine
Failed to Connect
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
USE PHONE LINE CHECKLIST
Resend the fax. There may have been a problem with the quality of the telephone line connection.
Place a test call to the telephone number to which you want to send a fax to make sure that it is working
correctly.
If the telephone line is being used by another device, wait until the other device is finished before sending the
fax.
MAKE SURE THE PRINTER DETECTS DIAL TONE
See “Sending a fax while listening to a call (On Hook Dial)” on page 154.
Check the Dial Method setting.
1 Listen for a dial tone. If you hear a dial tone, but the printer hangs up without dialing, this means it did not
recognize the dial tone.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
Troubleshooting
247
3 Press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
7 Press .
8 Press or repeatedly until Dial Method is highlighted.
9 Choose your dialing method.
10 Press .
Unsupported Paper Size
The fax machine of the recipient does not support the size of the document you want to fax. Consider changing the
size of your document, and then resending your fax.
To resize hard-copy documents:
1 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Copy is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Resize is highlighted.
4 Press or repeatedly until the resizing option you want appears.
5 Press .
6 Press .
Unsupported Fax Mode
The fax machine of the recipient does not support color or does not support the resolution of the fax you are sending.
1 Press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
2 Press .
3 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
4 Press .
5 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
6 Press .
7 Press or repeatedly until Auto Fax Conversion is highlighted.
8 Press or until On appears.
9 Press .
Troubleshooting
248
No Answer
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
USE PHONE LINE CHECKLIST
Resend the fax. There may have been a problem with the quality of the telephone line connection.
Place a test call to the telephone number to which you want to send a fax to make sure that it is working
correctly.
MAKE SURE THE PRINTER DETECTS DIAL TONE
See “Sending a fax while listening to a call (On Hook Dial)” on page 154.
Check the Dial Method setting.
1 Listen for a dial tone. If you hear a dial tone, but the printer hangs up without dialing, this means it did not
recognize the dial tone.
2 From the control panel, press or repeatedly until Fax is highlighted.
3 Press .
4 Press or repeatedly until Fax Setup is highlighted.
5 Press .
6 Press or repeatedly until Dialing and Sending is highlighted.
7 Press .
8 Press or repeatedly until Dial Method is highlighted.
9 Choose your dialing method.
10 Press .
Conversion error
When attempting to attach a file, certain software programs cannot be launched by the Fax Solutions Software and
yield an error message. If this happens, try the following:
1 Close the Fax Solutions Software.
2 Manually launch the software program used to create the file, and then open the file.
3 From the software program, click File Print.
The Print dialog appears.
4 From the Name drop-down menu, select the printer that begins with “Fax” followed by the name of your printer,
and then click OK.
The Send Fax dialog appears.
5 Follow the instructions on the Send Fax wizard.
When you get to step 3, select Printed Document from the Documents to Send list box, and then click Next.
6 Click Send to finish sending your fax.
Troubleshooting
249
Conversion Failed
A
TTACHED FILE COULD NOT BE READ OR IS INVALID
Make sure the file:
Is in an accessible location.
Has the appropriate security permissions and is not read-only.
Is a valid file of the type indicated by its extension.
FAX SOLUTIONS SOFTWARE DOES NOT LAUNCH PROGRAMS
When attempting to attach a file, certain software programs cannot be launched by the Fax Solutions Software
and yield an error message. If this happens, try the following:
1 Close the Fax Solutions Software.
2 Manually launch the software program used to create the file, and then open the file.
3 From the software program, click File Print.
The Print dialog appears.
4 From the Name drop-down menu, select the printer that begins with “Fax” followed by the name of your printer,
and then click OK.
The Send Fax wizard appears.
5 Follow the instructions on the Send Fax dialog.
When you get to step 3, select Printed Document from the Documents to Send list box, and then click Next.
6 Click Send to finish sending your fax.
Error messages on the printer display
Alignment Error
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
REMOVE TAPE FROM PRINT CARTRIDGE
1 Remove the print cartridge.
2 Make sure the sticker and tape have been removed.
1
2
3 Reinsert the cartridge.
4 Press to align the cartridge.
For more information, see “Aligning print cartridges” on page 181.
Troubleshooting
250
USE NEW PAPER
Load only plain, unmarked paper for aligning the cartridge.
The printer will read any markings on used paper, which could cause the alignment error message to appear.
Cartridge Error (1102, 1203, 1204, or 120F)
1 Remove the print cartridges, and close the cartridge carrier lids.
2 Close the scanner unit.
3 Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
4 Reconnect the power cord to the electrical outlet.
5 If the button is not lit, press .
6 Reinsert the print cartridges and close the cartridge carrier lids.
7 Close the scanner unit.
If the error does not reappear, the problem has been corrected.
If the problem reappears, one of the cartridges is not working properly. Continue with the following procedure to
determine which cartridge is not working properly.
1 Remove the print cartridges, and close the cartridge carrier lids.
2 Close the scanner unit.
3 Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
4 Reconnect the power cord to the electrical outlet.
5 If the button is not lit, press .
6 Reinsert the black (or photo) print cartridge and close the cartridge carrier lid.
7 Close the scanner unit.
8 If the error:
Reappears, replace the black (or photo) print cartridge with a new one, close the cartridge carrier lid, and close
the scanner unit.
Does not reappear, reinsert the color print cartridge, close the cartridge carrier lid, and close the scanner unit.
9 If the error reappears, replace the color print cartridge with a new one, close the cartridge carrier lid, and close
the scanner unit.
Black Ink Low / Color Ink Low / Photo Ink Low
1 Check the indicated ink level or levels, and install a new print cartridge or cartridges if necessary.
To order supplies, see “Ordering paper and other supplies” on page 185.
2 Press to continue.
Troubleshooting
251
Clear Carrier Jam
R
EMOVE ANY OBSTRUCTIONS
1 Raise the scanner unit.
2 Remove any objects blocking the path of the print cartridge carrier.
3 Make sure the cartridge carrier lids are closed.
4 Close the scanner unit.
5 Press .
Cover Open
Make sure that the scanner unit is closed.
Error 1104
1 Remove the print cartridges.
2 Reinstall the black cartridge or the photo cartridge in the left carrier.
3 Reinstall the color cartridge in the right carrier.
Left Cartridge Error / Right Cartridge Error
This message may also appear as Error 1205 (Left Cartridge) or Error 1206 (Right Cartridge).
1 Remove the indicated print cartridge and close the cartridge carrier lid.
2 Close the scanner unit.
3 Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
4 Reconnect the power cord to the electrical outlet.
5 If the button is not lit, press .
6 Reinsert the print cartridge and close the cartridge carrier lid.
7 Close the scanner unit.
Troubleshooting
252
8 If the error:
Does not reappear, the problem has been corrected.
Reappears, replace the print cartridge with a new one, close the cartridge carrier lid, and close the scanner
unit.
Left Cartridge Incorrect / Right Cartridge Incorrect
1 Remove the indicated print cartridge and close the cartridge carrier lid.
2 Close the scanner unit.
3 Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
4 Reconnect the power cord to the electrical outlet.
5 If the button is not lit, press .
6 Reinsert the print cartridge and close the cartridge carrier lid.
7 Close the scanner unit.
8 If the error:
Does not reappear, the problem has been corrected.
Reappears, replace the print cartridge with a new one, close the cartridge carrier lid, and close the scanner
unit.
Left Cartridge Missing / Right Cartridge Missing
One or both print cartridges are missing or not installed properly. For more information, see “Installing print
cartridges” on page 178.
Notes:
You can make a color copy with only the color cartridge installed.
You can print a black-and-white document with only the black cartridge installed.
You cannot copy or print when only the photo cartridge is installed.
To remove the error message, press .
Memory Failure
These are possible solutions. Try one or more of the following:
REDUCE MEMORY USE
If applicable:
Print pending received faxes.
Send fewer pages.
SELECT THE AFTER DIAL SETTING
1 From the desktop, double-click the Productivity Studio icon.
2 From the Welcome Screen, click Fax History and Settings.
Troubleshooting
253
3 Click Adjust speed dial list and other fax settings.
4 Click the Dialing and Sending tab.
5 From the “Sending options” area, select After Dial from the “When to scan document” section.
6 Click OK.
7 Resend the fax.
Could not detect a proof sheet
The document placed on the scanner glass is not a valid proof sheet. For more information, see “Printing photos
stored on a memory device using the proof sheet” on page 127.
No proof sheet information
The photo proof sheet you printed and scanned is no longer valid.
You may have removed the memory card or flash drive from the printer, or turned off the printer, before scanning
the photo proof sheet.
For more information, see “Printing photos stored on a memory device using the proof sheet” on page 127.
No valid photo image files detected
No supported images have been found on the memory card or flash drive.
The printer supports Baseline JPEG files (including Exif) ending with the extensions JPEG, JPE, and JPG.
The following TIFF formats as read from a camera card or USB flash drive are supported:
RGB uncompressed data: Baseline TIFF Rev. 6.0 RGB Full Color Images
YCbCr uncompressed data: TIFF Rev. 6.0 Extensions YCbCr Images
Only TIFF files created directly from digital cameras and not modified by computer software are supported.
Paper Size/Type error
The paper loaded in the printer is not supported for duplex printing.
Load plain letter- or A4-size paper.
Paper or Photo Size error
One or more photos selected for printing have a size that does not match the size of the paper loaded in the printer.
Change the photo size to match the size of the paper loaded in the printer, or change the paper size to match the
photo size.
PictBridge Communication Error
Remove and then reinsert the USB cable that came with the camera into the PictBridge port on the front of the printer.
Troubleshooting
254
Please remove the camera card.
The printer can read either a PictBridge-enabled digital camera or a memory card, but not both at the same time.
1 Remove both the PictBridge-enabled digital camera and the memory card.
2 Reinsert only one of the devices mentioned above.
Some photos removed from card by host.
Some of the photos on the photo proof sheet were deleted from the memory card through the computer.
You must print a new photo proof sheet.
For more information, see “Printing photos stored on a memory device using the proof sheet” on page 127.
There is a problem reading the memory card.
See “Memory card cannot be inserted” on page 233.
See “Nothing happens when memory card is inserted” on page 233.
Paper Load Error
1 Load the original document faceup into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). For more information, see
“Loading original documents into the Automatic Document Feeder” on page 88.
2 Press .
Paper Tray Removed
1 Insert the paper tray.
2 Press .
Printer Carrier Stall
1 Check the print cartridge carrier for any obstructions.
2 Press .
For more information, see “Jams and misfeeds troubleshooting” on page 224.
Proof Sheet Error
The error may include any of the following causes listed below.
THE PRINTER COULD NOT DETECT A PROOF SHEET
Make sure that:
The proof sheet is completely filled in, with selections made in all required categories.
The circles are filled in completely.
The proof sheet is loaded facedown on the scanner glass in the upper left corner.
The paper is not skewed.
Troubleshooting
255
NO IMAGES HAVE BEEN SELECTED FOR PRINTING
Make sure that you have selected images for printing.
NO PHOTO SIZE OR PAPER SIZE SELECTION HAS BEEN MADE
Make sure that you have selected a paper size or photo size.
MORE THAN ONE PHOTO SIZE OR PAPER SIZE WAS CHOSEN
Select only one photo size or paper size.
THERE IS NO SELECTION INDICATED ANYWHERE ON THE PROOF SHEET
Follow the instructions on the proof sheet to select which photos to print, the number of copies per photo, red-eye
reduction, page layout, print options, and paper size. Be sure to fill in the circles completely.
A PHOTO OR PHOTOS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM THE MEMORY DEVICE BY THE COMPUTER
Select a different photo.
MORE THAN ONE PHOTO ENHANCEMENT WAS CHOSEN
Select only one photo-enhancement option.
Paper Mismatch
The size of the paper loaded in the printer does not match the default paper size selected on the control panel.
1 Load the correct size paper.
2 Press .
Error messages on the computer screen
Clearing error messages
1 Correct the error condition explained in the error message. Click Help on the error message dialog box for specific
instructions.
2 After correcting the error condition, click Continue to resume printing.
If the error remains, but you want to clear the error message:
1 Click Cancel Printing. The error message closes, and the Canceling Printing dialog box appears.
2 Follow the instructions on the Canceling Printing dialog box.
Troubleshooting
256
Left/Right Cartridge Missing
?
This message indicates that one of the necessary cartridges is missing. You need to install a print cartridge.
Communication not available
The printer and computer may not be able to exchange data.
IS THE PRINTER RECEIVING POWER?
If is not lit, the printer may not be receiving power.
Plug the printer into a different outlet.
If the printer is plugged into a surge protector, unplug the printer, and plug it directly into an electrical outlet.
IS THERE A PROBLEM WITH THE CONNECTIONS?
If the printer is connected to an external device, the problem may be with the device. Check the setup information
that came with the device to make sure it is properly installed.
If printing using a USB cable, make sure the cable is securely attached to both the printer and the computer.
Before you print, you may need to restart the computer.
General Printing Problem
You cannot receive a more specific error message because the printer and the computer do not have bidirectional
communication.
To receive a more specific error message, see “Bidirectional communication is not established” on page 222.
To find the problem without establishing bidirectional communication, see “Checking printer readiness” on
page 215.
Ink Low
A print cartridge is almost out of ink.
Troubleshooting
257
Install a new cartridge. For more information, see “Installing print cartridges” on page 178.
To order a new cartridge, see “Ordering paper and other supplies” on page 185.
Out of Memory
The printer software cannot obtain enough memory to print.
Try the following:
Before sending a document to print, close any other open programs. The printer may print a blank page when
too many programs are open on the computer.
Follow the instructions on the error screen. These instructions reduce the amount of memory needed to print.
Fixing a printing failure
Follow the instructions on the computer screen.
If the printer still does not print:
1 Do one of the following:
In Windows Vista, click .
In Windows XP and earlier, click Start.
2 Click Programs or All Programs Lexmark 9500 Series.
3 Click Solution Center, and then click the Contact Information tab.
Unsupported file types found on memory card
The memory card inserted in the printer contains unsupported file types. Insert a memory card with supported file
types. For more information on supported file types, see “Printing document files from a memory card or flash drive”
on page 95.
Paper Jam
For more information, see “Jams and misfeeds troubleshooting” on page 224.
Multiple All-In-Ones found
Multiple Lexmark printers, attached either locally or over a network, have been detected on your computer. You can
choose which printer you want to use:
1 Select the printer from the list.
2 Click OK.
Troubleshooting
258
Print File Error
To use the Print Files function, your printer must be directly connected to a computer through a USB cable, and both
the printer and computer must be on.
The error may include any of the following causes listed below.
THE PRINTER FAILED TO FIND AN APPLICATION OR SOFTWARE ON THE COMPUTER TO PRINT THE
FILE
OR FILES STORED ON THE MEMORY DEVICE
Make sure you have software installed on your computer that can open files with the desired file extensions.
The following file types are supported:
.doc (Microsoft Word)
.xls (Microsoft Excel)
.ppt (Microsoft Powerpoint)
.pdf (Adobe Portable Document Format)
.rtf (Rich Text Format)
.docx (Microsoft Word Open Document Format)
.xlsx (Microsoft Excel Open Document Format)
.pptx (Microsoft Powerpoint Open Document Format)
.wps (Microsoft Works)
.wpd (WordPerfect)
THE PRINTER FAILED TO RETRIEVE THE FILE OR FILES STORED ON THE MEMORY DEVICE
Make sure that:
The memory device has not been removed.
The memory card or flash drive is not damaged or corrupted.
Paper Out
1 Load paper.
2 Press .
Invalid Device
The device attached to the printer is not supported.
Attach a supported device, or use other printer features.
No TWAIN detected
The TWAIN driver is software that allows your imaging hardware, such as a scanner, to communicate with image
processing software, such as the Fax Solutions Software.
No TWAIN driver has been detected on your computer. You should uninstall and then reinstall the printer software.
Troubleshooting
259
Select TWAIN driver
You may have more than one TWAIN driver for scanning installed on your computer. Select from the list the TWAIN
driver you want to use.
Fax Solutions Software print driver not installed
An internal error occurred while generating the fax file. Application components are missing or corrupted. You should
uninstall and then reinstall the printer software.
Troubleshooting
260
Notices
Product information
Product name:
Lexmark 9500 Series
Machine type:
4435
Model(s):
W22, W2E
Edition notice
August 2007
The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local
law: LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC., PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in
certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the
information herein; these changes will be incorporated in later editions. Improvements or changes in the products
or the programs described may be made at any time.
References in this publication to products, programs, or services do not imply that the manufacturer intends to make
these available in all countries in which it operates. Any reference to a product, program, or service is not intended
to state or imply that only that product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,
program, or service that does not infringe any existing intellectual property right may be used instead. Evaluation
and verification of operation in conjunction with other products, programs, or services, except those expressly
designated by the manufacturer, are the user’s responsibility.
For Lexmark technical support, visit support.lexmark.com.
For information on supplies and downloads, visit www.lexmark.com.
If you don't have access to the Internet, you can contact Lexmark by mail:
Lexmark International, Inc.
Bldg 004-2/CSC
740 New Circle Road NW
Lexington, KY 40550
© 2007 Lexmark International, Inc.
All rights reserved.
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer
software and documentation developed exclusively at private expense.
Notices
261
Trademarks
Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the United
States and/or other countries.
evercolor and PerfectFinish are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc.
TrueType is a trademark of Apple Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) compliance information
statement
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
The FCC Class B limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning
the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult your point of purchase or service representative for additional suggestions.
The manufacturer is not responsible for radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended
cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could
void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
Note: To assure compliance with FCC regulations on electromagnetic interference for a Class B computing device,
use a properly shielded and grounded cable such as Lexmark part number 1021294 for USB attach. Use of a substitute
cable not properly shielded and grounded may result in a violation of FCC regulations.
Any questions regarding this compliance information statement should be directed to:
Director of Lexmark Technology & Services
Lexmark International, Inc.
740 West New Circle Road
Lexington, KY 40550
(859) 232–3000
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
The following notice is applicable if your printer has a wireless network card installed.
The radiated output power of this device is far below the radio frequency exposure limits of the FCC and other
regulatory agencies. A minimum separation of 20 cm (8 inches) must be maintained between the antenna and any
persons for this device to satisfy the RF exposure requirements of the FCC and other regulatory agencies.
Notices
262
Industry Canada compliance statement
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard
ICES-003.
Avis de conformité aux normes de l’industrie du Canada
Cet appareil numérique de classe B est conforme aux exigences de la norme canadienne relative aux équipements
pouvant causer des interférences NMB-003.
Industry Canada notice
The following notices are applicable if your printer has a wireless network card installed.
Industry Canada (Canada)
This device complies with Industry Canada specification RSS-210. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
This device has been designed to operate only with the antenna provided. Use of any other antenna is strictly
prohibited per regulations of Industry Canada.
To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from
windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to
licensing.
The installer of this radio equipment must ensure that the antenna is located or pointed such that it does not emit
RF fields in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health
Canada's Web site www.hc-sc.gc.ca/rpb.
The term "IC:" before the certification/registration number only signifies that the Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
Industry Canada (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme à la norme RSS-210 d'Industry Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions
suivantes :
(1) cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d'interférences et (2) il doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y compris celles
risquant d'altérer son fonctionnement.
Cet appareil a été conçu pour fonctionner uniquement avec l'antenne fournie. L'utilisation de toute autre antenne
est strictement interdite par la réglementation d'Industry Canada.
En application des réglementations d'Industry Canada, l'utilisation d'une antenne de gain supérieur est strictement
interdite.
Pour empêcher toute interférence radio au service faisant l'objet d'une licence, cet appareil doit être utilisé à l'intérieur
et loin des fenêtres afin de garantir une protection optimale.
Si le matériel (ou son antenne d'émission) est installé à l'extérieur, il doit faire l'objet d'une licence.
L'installateur de cet équipement radio doit veiller à ce que l'antenne soit implantée et dirigée de manière à n'émettre
aucun champ HF dépassant les limites fixées pour l'ensemble de la population par Santé Canada. Reportez-vous au
Code de sécurité 6 que vous pouvez consulter sur le site Web de Santé Canada www.hc-sc.gc.ca/rpb.
Notices
263
Le terme « IC » précédant le numéro de d'accréditation/inscription signifie simplement que le produit est conforme
aux spécifications techniques d'Industry Canada.
European Community (EC) directives conformity
This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EC Council directives 2004/108/EC, 2006/95/EC,
and 1999/5/EC on the approximation and harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic
compatibility and safety of electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits and on radio equipment
and telecommunications terminal equipment.
A declaration of conformity with the requirements of the directives has been signed by the Director of Manufacturing
and Technical Support, Lexmark International, Inc., S.A., Boigny, France.
This product satisfies the Class B limits of EN 55022 and safety requirements of EN 60950.
European EC directives conformity statement for radio products
The following notices are applicable if your printer has a wireless network card installed
This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EC Council directives 2004/108/EC, 2006/95/EC,
and 1999/5/EC on the approximation and harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic
compatibility, safety of electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits and on radio equipment
and telecommunications terminal equipment.
Compliance is indicated by the CE marking.
The Alert sign indicates that there are restrictions within certain member states.
A declaration of conformity with the requirements of the directives is available from the Director of Manufacturing
and Technical Support, Lexmark International, S. A., Boigny, France.
The following restrictions apply:
Country/region
Restriction
All countries/regions This product is for indoor use only. This product may not be used outdoors.
L'Italia Si fa presente inoltre che l'uso degli apparati in esame è regolamentato da:
D.Lgs 1.8.2003, n.259, articoli 104 (attività soggette ad autorizzazione generale) e 105
(libero uso), per uso privato;
D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dell'accesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di
telecomunicazioni.
This product satisfies the limits of EN 55022; safety requirements of EN 60950; radio spectrum requirements of ETSI
EN 300 328; and the EMC requirements of EN 55024, ETSI EN 301 489-1 and ETSI EN 301 489-17.
Česky
Společnost Lexmark International, Inc. tímto prohlašuje, že výrobek tento výrobek je ve shodě se
základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice 1999/5/ES.
Dansk Lexmark International, Inc. erklærer herved, at dette produkt overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige
relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
Notices
264
Deutsch Hiermit erklärt Lexmark International, Inc., dass sich das Gerät dieses Gerät in Übereinstimmung mit
den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie
1999/5/EG befindet.
Ελληνική ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ Η LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. ΔΗΛΩΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ ΑΥΤΟ ΤΟ ΠΡΟΪΟΝ
ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΩΔΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ
ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΟΔΗΓΙΑΣ 1999/5/ΕΚ.
English Hereby, Lexmark International, Inc., declares that this type of equipment is in compliance with
the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Español Por medio de la presente, Lexmark International, Inc. declara que este producto cumple con los
requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva
1999/5/CE.
Eesti Käesolevaga kinnitab Lexmark International, Inc., et seade see toode vastab direktiivi
1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele muudele asjakohastele sätetele.
Suomi Lexmark International, Inc. vakuuttaa täten, että tämä tuote on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten
vaatimusten ja muiden sitä koskevien direktiivin ehtojen mukainen.
Français Par la présente, Lexmark International, Inc. déclare que l'appareil ce produit est conforme aux
exigences fondamentales et autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.
Magyar Alulírott, Lexmark International, Inc. nyilatkozom, hogy a termék megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ
követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.
Íslenska Hér með lýsir Lexmark International, Inc. yfir því að þessi vara er í samræmi við grunnkröfur og
aðrar kröfur, sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 1999/5/EC.
Italiano Con la presente Lexmark International, Inc. dichiara che questo questo prodotto è conforme ai requisiti
essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
Latviski Ar šo Lexmark International, Inc. deklarē, ka šis izstrādājums atbilst Direktīvas 1999/5/EK
būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.
Lietuvių Šiuo Lexmark International, Inc. deklaruoja, kad šis produktas atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir
kitas 1999/5/EB direktyvos nuostatas.
Malti Bil-preżenti, Lexmark International, Inc., jiddikjara li dan il-prodott huwa konformi mal-ħtiġijiet
essenzjali u ma dispożizzjonijiet oħrajn relevanti li jinsabu fid-Direttiva 1999/5/KE.
Nederlands Hierbij verklaart Lexmark International, Inc. dat het toestel dit product in overeenstemming is met de
essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.
Norsk Lexmark International, Inc. erklærer herved at dette produktet er i samsvar med de grunnleggende
krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
Polski Niniejszym Lexmark International, Inc. oświadcza, że niniejszy produkt jest zgodny z
zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy
1999/5/EC.
Português A Lexmark International Inc. declara que este este produto está conforme com os requisitos essenciais
e outras disposições da Diretiva 1999/5/CE.
Slovensky Lexmark International, Inc. týmto vyhlasuje, že tento produkt spĺňa základné požiadavky a
všetky príslušné ustanovenia smernice 1999/5/ES.
Slovensko Lexmark International, Inc. izjavlja, da je ta izdelek v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi
relevantnimi določili direktive 1999/5/ES.
Notices
265
Svenska Härmed intygar Lexmark International, Inc. att denna produkt står i överensstämmelse med de
väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
Noise emission levels
The following measurements were made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in conformance with ISO 9296.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.
1-meter average sound pressure, dBA
Printing 52
Scanning 30
Copying 46
Ready inaudible
Values are subject to change. See www.lexmark.com for current values.
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive
The WEEE logo signifies specific recycling programs and procedures for electronic products in countries of the
European Union. We encourage the recycling of our products. If you have further questions about recycling options,
visit the Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com for your local sales office phone number.
Product disposal
Do not dispose of the printer or supplies in the same manner as normal household waste. Consult your local authorities
for disposal and recycling options.
Temperature information
Ambient temperature 60 to 90 degrees F, 15 to 32 degrees C
Shipping and storage temperature -40 to 60 degrees C (-40 to 140 degrees F), 1 to 60 degrees C (34 to 140 degrees
F)
Notices
266
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) compliance information
statement
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative Council
for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information,
a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to your telephone
company.
This equipment uses the RJ-11C Universal Service Order Code (USOC) jack.
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises’ wiring and telephone network must comply with
the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular
plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant.
See your setup documentation for more information.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a
telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming
call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices
that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact your local telephone company. For products
approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (for example, 03 is a REN of
0.3). For earlier products, the REN is shown separately on the label.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that
temporary discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company will
notify the customer as soon as possible. You will also be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC.
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that could affect
the operation of this equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for
you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If you experience trouble with this equipment, for repair or warranty information, contact Lexmark International, Inc.
at www.lexmark.com or your Lexmark representative. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network,
the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved.
This equipment contains no user serviceable parts. For repair and warranty information, contact Lexmark
International, Inc. See the previous paragraph for contact information.
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service
commission, or corporation commission for information.
If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the installation of this
equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment,
consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.
Telephone companies report that electrical surges, typically lightning transients, are very destructive to customer
terminal equipment connected to AC power sources. This has been identified as a major nationwide problem. It is
recommended that the customer install an appropriate AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this device is
connected. An appropriate AC surge arrestor is defined as one that is suitably rated, and certified by UL (Underwriter's
Laboratories), another NRTL (Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory), or a recognized safety certification body in
the country/region of use. This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other
electrical surges.
Notices
267
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other
electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless said message clearly contains in a margin at
the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and
an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number
of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a
900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.)
See your user documentation in order to program this information into your fax machine.
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN)
is an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The terminus
of an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs
of all the devices does not exceed five. The modem REN is located on the rear of the equipment on the product
labeling.
Telephone companies report that electrical surges, typically lightning transients, are very destructive to customer
terminal equipment connected to AC power sources. This has been identified as a major nationwide problem. It is
recommended that the customer install an appropriate AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this device is
connected. An appropriate AC surge arrestor is defined as one that is suitably rated, and certified by UL (Underwriter’s
Laboratories), another NRTL (Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory), or a recognized safety certification body in
the country/region of use. This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other
electrical surges.
This equipment uses CA11A telephone jacks.
Avis réservé aux utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique du Canada
Ce produit est conforme aux spécifications techniques d’Industrie Canada. Le numéro REN (ringer equivalence
number : numéro d’équivalence de sonnerie) fournit une indication du nombre maximum de terminaux pouvant
être connectés à l’interface téléphonique. En bout de ligne, le nombre d’appareils qui peuvent être connectés n’est
pas directement limité, mais la somme des REN de ces appareils ne doit pas dépasser cinq. Le numéro REN du modem
est indiqué sur l’étiquette produit située à l’arrière de l’équipement.
Les compagnies de téléphone constatent que les surtensions électriques, en particulier celles dues à la foudre,
entraînent d'importants dégâts sur les terminaux privés connectés à des sources d’alimentation CA. Il s’agit-là d’un
problème majeur d’échelle nationale. En conséquence, il vous est recommandé de brancher un parasurtenseur dans
la prise de courant à laquelle l’équipement est connecté. Utilisez un parasurtenseur répondant à des caractéristiques
nominales satisfaisantes et certifié par le laboratoire d’assureurs UL (Underwriter’s Laboratories), un autre laboratoire
agréé de type NRTL (Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory) ou un organisme de certification agréé dans votre
région ou pays. Ceci prévient tout endommagement de l’équipement causé par les orages et autres surtensions
électriques.
Cet équipement utilise des prises de téléphone CA11A.
Notices
268
Notice to users of the New Zealand telephone network
The following are special conditions for the Facsimile User Instructions. The grant of a telepermit for any item of
terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for
connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of
warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of
telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of
Telecom's network services.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom's 111 Emergency Service.
This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to the same line.
This equipment should not be used under any circumstances that may constitute a nuisance to other Telecom
customers.
Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment
associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for
compliance to Telecom's specifications:
There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30 minute period for any single
manual call initiation, and
The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and
the beginning of the next call attempt.
The equipment shall be set to ensure that automatic calls to different numbers are spaced such that there is not
less than 5 seconds between the end of one call attempt and the beginning of another.
South Africa telecommunications notice
This modem must be used in conjunction with an approved surge protection device when connected to the PSTN.
Using this product in Switzerland
This product requires a Swiss billing tone filter (Lexmark part number 14B5109) to be installed on any line which
receives metering pulses in Switzerland. The Lexmark filter must be used, as metering pulses are present on all analog
telephone lines in Switzerland.
Utilisation de ce produit en Suisse
Cet appareil nécessite l’utilisation d’un filtre de tonalité de facturation suisse (nº de référence Lexmark : 14B5123)
devant être installé sur toute ligne recevant des impulsions de comptage en Suisse. Ce filtre doit être utilisé pour
toute installation car ces impulsions existent sur toutes les lignes téléphoniques suisses.
Verwendung dieses Produkts in der Schweiz
Für dieses Produkt muss ein schweizerischer Billing Tone Filter zur Zählzeichenübertragung (Lexmark Teilenummer
14B5109) für jede Leitung installiert werden, über die in der Schweiz Zeitsteuertakte übertragen werden. Die
Verwendung des Lexmark Filters ist obligatorisch, da in allen analogen Telefonleitungen in der Schweiz
Zeitsteuertakte vorhanden sind.
Notices
269
Uso del prodotto in Svizzera
Questo prodotto richiede un filtro toni Billing svizzero, (codice Lexmark 14B5109), da installare su tutte le linee che
ricevono impulsi remoti in Svizzera. È necessario utilizzare il filtro Lexmark poiché gli impulsi remoti sono presenti
su tutte le linee analogiche in Svizzera.
ENERGY STAR
Power consumption
Product power consumption
The following table documents the power consumption characteristics of the product.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.
Mode Description Power consumption (Watts)
Printing The product is generating hard-copy output from electronic inputs. 18.0
Copying The product is generating hard-copy output from hard-copy original
documents.
19.0
Scanning The product is scanning hard-copy documents. 16.0
Ready The product is waiting for a print job. 12.0
Power Saver The product is in energy-saving mode. 8.0
Off The product is plugged into a wall outlet, but the power switch is
turned off.
0.5
The power consumption levels listed in the previous table represent time-averaged measurements. Instantaneous
power draws may be substantially higher than the average.
Values are subject to change. See www.lexmark.com for current values.
Power Saver
This product is designed with an energy-saving mode called Power Saver. The Power Saver Mode is equivalent to
the EPA Sleep Mode. The Power Saver Mode saves energy by lowering power consumption during extended periods
of inactivity. The Power Saver Mode is automatically engaged after this product is not used for a specified period of
time, called the Power Saver Timeout.
Factory default Power Saver Timeout for this product (in minutes):
60
Notices
270
Off mode
If this product has an off mode which still consumes a small amount of power, then to completely stop product power
consumption, disconnect the power supply cord from the wall outlet.
Total energy usage
It is sometimes helpful to calculate the total product energy usage. Since power consumption claims are provided
in power units of Watts, the power consumption should be multiplied by the time the product spends in each mode
in order to calculate energy usage. The total product energy usage is the sum of each mode's energy usage.
Statement of Limited Warranty
Lexmark International, Inc., Lexington, KY
This limited warranty applies to the United States. For customers outside the U.S., see the country-specific warranty
information that came with your product.
This limited warranty applies to this product only if it was originally purchased for your use, and not for resale, from
Lexmark or a Lexmark remarketer, referred to in this statement as “Remarketer.”
Limited warranty
Lexmark warrants that this product:
—Is manufactured from new parts, or new and serviceable used parts, which perform like new parts
—Is, during normal use, free from defects in material and workmanship
If this product does not function as warranted during the warranty period, contact a Remarketer or Lexmark for repair
or replacement (at Lexmark's option).
If this product is a feature or option, this statement applies only when that feature or option is used with the product
for which it was designed. To obtain warranty service, you may be required to present the feature or option with the
product.
If you transfer this product to another user, warranty service under the terms of this statement is available to that
user for the remainder of the warranty period. You should transfer proof of original purchase and this statement to
that user.
Limited warranty service
The warranty period starts on the date of original purchase as shown on the purchase receipt. The warranty period
ends 12 months later.
To obtain warranty service you may be required to present proof of original purchase. You may be required to deliver
your product to the Remarketer or Lexmark, or ship it prepaid and suitably packaged to a Lexmark designated location.
You are responsible for loss of, or damage to, a product in transit to the Remarketer or the designated location.
When warranty service involves the exchange of a product or part, the item replaced becomes the property of the
Remarketer or Lexmark. The replacement may be a new or repaired item. The replacement item assumes the
remaining warranty period of the original product.
Notices
271
Replacement is not available to you if the product you present for exchange is defaced, altered, in need of a repair
not included in warranty service, damaged beyond repair, or if the product is not free of all legal obligations,
restrictions, liens, and encumbrances.
Before you present this product for warranty service, remove all print cartridges, programs, data, and removable
storage media (unless directed otherwise by Lexmark).
For further explanation of your warranty alternatives and the nearest Lexmark authorized servicer in your area, contact
Lexmark at (800) 332-4120, or on the World Wide Web at http://support.lexmark.com.
Remote technical support is provided for this product throughout its warranty period. For products no longer covered
by a Lexmark warranty, technical support may not be available or only be available for a fee.
Extent of limited warranty
We do not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of any product.
Warranty service does not include repair of failures caused by:
—Modification or attachments
—Accidents or misuse
—Unsuitable physical or operating environment
—Maintenance by anyone other than Lexmark or a Lexmark authorized servicer
—Operation of a product beyond the limit of its duty cycle
—Use of printing media outside of Lexmark specifications
—Supplies (such as ink) not furnished by Lexmark
—Products, components, parts, materials, software, or interfaces not furnished by Lexmark
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NEITHER LEXMARK NOR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS OR
REMARKETERS MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND SATISFACTORY QUALITY. ANY
WARRANTIES THAT MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE
WARRANTY PERIOD. NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WILL APPLY AFTER THIS PERIOD. ALL
INFORMATION, SPECIFICATIONS, PRICES, AND SERVICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT
NOTICE.
Limitation of liability
Your sole remedy under this limited warranty is set forth in this document. For any claim concerning performance
or nonperformance of Lexmark or a Remarketer for this product under this limited warranty, you may recover actual
damages up to the limit set forth in the following paragraph.
Lexmark's liability for actual damages from any cause whatsoever will be limited to the amount you paid for the
product that caused the damages. This limitation of liability will not apply to claims by you for bodily injury or damage
to real property or tangible personal property for which Lexmark is legally liable. IN NO EVENT WILL LEXMARK BE
LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS, INCIDENTAL DAMAGE, OR OTHER ECONOMIC OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES. This is true even if you advise Lexmark or a Remarketer of the possibility of such damages. Lexmark is not
liable for any claim by you based on a third party claim.
Notices
272
This limitation of remedies also applies to claims against any Suppliers and Remarketers of Lexmark. Lexmark's and
its Suppliers' and Remarketers' limitations of remedies are not cumulative. Such Suppliers and Remarketers are
intended beneficiaries of this limitation.
Additional rights
Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or do not allow the exclusion or limitation
of incidental or consequential damages, so the limitations or exclusions contained above may not apply to you.
This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may also have other rights that vary from state to state.
LEXMARK LICENSE AGREEMENTS
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY: BY USING THIS PRODUCT, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THESE LICENSE AGREEMENTS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THE TERMS OF THESE LICENSE AGREEMENTS,
PROMPTLY RETURN THE PRODUCT UNUSED AND REQUEST A REFUND OF THE AMOUNT YOU PAID. IF YOU ARE
INSTALLING THIS PRODUCT FOR USE BY OTHER PARTIES, YOU AGREE TO INFORM THE USERS THAT USE OF THE
PRODUCT INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS.
CARTRIDGE LICENSE AGREEMENT
I agree that the patented print cartridge(s) shipped with this printing device are sold subject to the following
license/agreement: The patented print cartridge(s) contained inside is/are licensed for a single use only and is/are
designed to stop working after delivering a fixed amount of ink. A variable amount of ink will remain in the cartridge
when replacement is required. After this single use, the license to use the print cartridge terminates, and the used
cartridge must be returned only to Lexmark for remanufacturing, refilling or recycling. If I buy another cartridge in
the future that is sold subject to the above terms, I accept such terms as to that cartridge. If you do not accept the
terms of this single use license/agreement; return this product in its original packaging to your point of purchase. A
replacement cartridge sold without these terms is available at www.lexmark.com.
LEXMARK SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Software License Agreement (“License Agreement”) is a legal agreement between you (either an individual or
a single entity) and Lexmark International, Inc. (“Lexmark”) that, to the extent your Lexmark product or Software
Program is not otherwise subject to a written software license agreement between you and Lexmark or its suppliers,
governs your use of any Software Program installed on or provided by Lexmark for use in connection with your
Lexmark product. The term “Software Program” includes machine-readable instructions, audio/visual content (such
as images and recordings), and associated media, printed materials and electronic documentation, whether
incorporated into, distributed with or for use with your Lexmark product.
Notices
273
1 STATEMENT OF LIMITED WARRANTY. Lexmark warrants that the media (e.g., diskette or compact disk) on which
the Software Program (if any) is furnished is free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use
during the warranty period. The warranty period is ninety (90) days and commences on the date the Software
Program is delivered to the original end-user. This limited warranty applies only to Software Program media
purchased new from Lexmark or an Authorized Lexmark Reseller or Distributor. Lexmark will replace the Software
Program should it be determined that the media does not conform to this limited warranty.
2 DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT AND TO
THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LEXMARK AND ITS SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE
PROGRAM "AS IS" AND HEREBY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ABSENCE OF VIRUSES, ALL WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE PROGRAM. This
Agreement is to be read in conjunction with certain statutory provisions, as that may be in force from time to
time, that imply warranties or conditions or impose obligations on Lexmark that cannot be excluded or modified.
If any such provisions apply, then to the extent Lexmark is able, Lexmark hereby limits its liability for breach of
those provisions to one of the following: replacement of the Software Program or reimbursement of the price
paid for the Software Program.
3 LICENSE GRANT. Lexmark grants you the following rights provided you comply with all terms and conditions of
this License Agreement:
a Use. You may Use one (1) copy of the Software Program. The term “Use” means storing, loading, installing,
executing, or displaying the Software Program. If Lexmark has licensed the Software Program to you for
concurrent use, you must limit the number of authorized users to the number specified in your agreement
with Lexmark. You may not separate the components of the Software Program for use on more than one
computer. You agree that you will not Use the Software Program, in whole or in part, in any manner that has
the effect of overriding, modifying, eliminating, obscuring, altering or de-emphasizing the visual appearance
of any trademark, trade name, trade dress or intellectual property notice that appears on any computer display
screens normally generated by, or as a result of, the Software Program.
b Copying. You may make one (1) copy of the Software Program solely for purposes of backup, archiving, or
installation, provided the copy contains all of the original Software Program’s proprietary notices. You may
not copy the Software Program to any public or distributed network.
c Reservation of Rights. The Software Program, including all fonts, is copyrighted and owned by Lexmark
International, Inc. and/or its suppliers. Lexmark reserves all rights not expressly granted to you in this License
Agreement.
d Freeware. Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of this License Agreement, all or any portion of the
Software Program that constitutes software provided under public license by third parties (“Freeware”) is
licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the software license agreement accompanying such
Freeware, whether in the form of a discrete agreement, shrink-wrap license, or electronic license terms at the
time of download. Use of the Freeware by you shall be governed entirely by the terms and conditions of such
license.
4 TRANSFER. You may transfer the Software Program to another end-user. Any transfer must include all software
components, media, printed materials, and this License Agreement and you may not retain copies of the Software
Program or components thereof. The transfer may not be an indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the
transfer, the end-user receiving the transferred Software Program must agree to all these License Agreement
terms. Upon transfer of the Software Program, your license is automatically terminated. You may not rent,
sublicense, or assign the Software Program except to the extent provided in this License Agreement, and any
attempt to do so shall be void.
5 UPGRADES. To Use a Software Program identified as an upgrade, you must first be licensed to the original
Software Program identified by Lexmark as eligible for the upgrade. After upgrading, you may no longer use the
original Software Program that formed the basis for your upgrade eligibility.
Notices
274
6 LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING. You may not alter, decrypt, reverse engineer, reverse assemble,
reverse compile or otherwise translate the Software Program, except as and to the extent expressly permitted to
do so by applicable law for the purposes of inter-operability, error correction, and security testing. If you have
such statutory rights, you will notify Lexmark in writing of any intended reverse engineering, reverse assembly,
or reverse compilation. You may not decrypt the Software Program unless necessary for the legitimate Use of the
Software Program.
7 ADDITIONAL SOFTWARE. This License Agreement applies to updates or supplements to the original Software
Program provided by Lexmark unless Lexmark provides other terms along with the update or supplement.
8 LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the entire liability of Lexmark,
its suppliers, affiliates, and resellers, and your exclusive remedy shall be as follows: Lexmark will provide the
express limited warranty described above. If Lexmark does not remedy defective media as warranted, you may
terminate your license and your money will be refunded upon the return of all of your copies of the Software
Program.
9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, for any claim arising out of
Lexmark's limited warranty, or for any other claim whatsoever related to the subject matter of this Agreement,
Lexmark's and its suppliers’ liability for all types of damages, regardless of the form of action or basis (including
contract, breach, estoppel, negligence, misrepresentation, or tort), shall be limited to the greater of $5,000 or the
money paid to Lexmark or its Authorized remarketers for the license hereunder for the Software Program that
caused the damages or that is the subject matter of, or is directly related to, the cause of action.
IN NO EVENT WILL LEXMARK, ITS SUPPLIERS, SUBSIDIARIES, OR RESELLERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES, LOST SAVINGS, INTERRUPTION OF USE OR ANY LOSS OF, INACCURACY IN, OR
DAMAGE TO, DATA OR RECORDS, FOR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, OR DAMAGE TO REAL OR TANGIBLE PROPERTY,
FOR LOSS OF PRIVACY ARISING OUT OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE
PROGRAM, OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS LICENCE AGREEMENT), REGARDLESS
OF THE NATURE OF THE CLAIM, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), AND EVEN IF LEXMARK, OR ITS SUPPLIERS, AFFILIATES, OR
REMARKETERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY YOU BASED
ON A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THIS EXCLUSION OF DAMAGES IS DETERMINED LEGALLY
INVALID. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE-STATED REMEDIES FAIL OF THEIR ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE.
10 TERM. This License Agreement is effective unless terminated or rejected. You may reject or terminate this license
at any time by destroying all copies of the Software Program, together with all modifications, documentation,
and merged portions in any form, or as otherwise described herein. Lexmark may terminate your license upon
notice if you fail to comply with any of the terms of this License Agreement. Upon such termination, you agree
to destroy all copies of the Software Program together with all modifications, documentation, and merged
portions in any form.
11 TAXES. You agree that you are responsible for payment of any taxes including, without limitation, any goods and
services and personal property taxes, resulting from this Agreement or your Use of the Software Program.
12 LIMITATION ON ACTIONS. No action, regardless of form, arising out of this Agreement may be brought by either
party more than two years after the cause of action has arisen, except as provided under applicable law.
13 APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, United States
of America. No choice of law rules in any jurisdiction shall apply. The UN Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not apply.
14 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS. The Software Program has been developed entirely at
private expense. Rights of the United States Government to use the Software Program is as set forth in this
Agreement and as restricted in DFARS 252.227-7014 and in similar FAR provisions (or any equivalent agency
regulation or contract clause).
Notices
275
15 CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. You agree that Lexmark, its affiliates, and agents may collect and use information
you provide in relation to support services performed with respect to the Software Program and requested by
you. Lexmark agrees not to use this information in a form that personally identifies you except to the extent
necessary to provide such services.
16 EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You may not (a) acquire, ship, transfer, or reexport, directly or indirectly, the Software
Program or any direct product therefrom, in violation of any applicable export laws or (b) permit the Software
Program to be used for any purpose prohibited by such export laws, including, without limitation, nuclear,
chemical, or biological weapons proliferation.
17 AGREEMENT TO CONTRACT ELECTRONICALLY. You and Lexmark agree to form this License Agreement
electronically. This means that when you click the “Agree” or “Yes” button on this page or use this product, you
acknowledge your agreement to these License Agreement terms and conditions and that you are doing so with
the intent to “sign” a contract with Lexmark.
18 CAPACITY AND AUTHORITY TO CONTRACT. You represent that you are of the legal age of majority in the place
you sign this License Agreement and, if applicable, you are duly authorized by your employer or principal to enter
into this contract.
19 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This License Agreement (including any addendum or amendment to this License
Agreement that is included with the Software Program) is the entire agreement between you and Lexmark relating
to the Software Program. Except as otherwise provided for herein, these terms and conditions supersede all prior
or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals, and representations with respect to the
Software Program or any other subject matter covered by this License Agreement (except to the extent such
extraneous terms do not conflict with the terms of this License Agreement, any other written agreement signed
by you and Lexmark relating to your Use of the Software Program). To the extent any Lexmark policies or programs
for support services conflict with the terms of this License Agreement, the terms of this License Agreement shall
control.
Notices
276
Networking glossary
ad hoc mode
A setting for a wireless device that lets it communicate directly with other
wireless devices without an access point or router
ad hoc network
A wireless network that does not use an access point
AutoIP address
An IP address automatically assigned by a network device. If the device is set
to use DHCP, but no DHCP server is available, an AutoIP address may be assigned
by the device.
BSS (Basic Service Set)
Basic Service Set describes the type of wireless network that you are using. The
BSS type can be one of the following: infrastructure network or ad-hoc network.
channel
A specific radio frequency used by two or more wireless devices to
communicate with each other. All devices on the network must use the same
channel.
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol)
A language used by DHCP servers
DHCP IP address
An IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server
DHCP server
A computer or router that gives a unique IP address to each device on the
network. Unique addresses prevent conflicts.
infrastructure mode
A setting for a wireless device that lets it communicate directly with other
wireless devices using an access point or router
installation cable
Connects the printer to the computer temporarily during some methods of
installation.
internal wireless print server
A device that lets computers and printers communicate with each other over
a network without cables
IP (Internet Protocol) address
The network address of a computer or printer. Each device on the network has
its own network address. The address may be assigned manually by you (Static
IP address), automatically by the DHCP server (DHCP IP address), or
automatically by the device (AutoIP address).
ipconfig
A command that displays the IP address and other network information of a
Windows computer
MAC (Media Access Control) address
A hardware address that uniquely identifies each device on a network. You can
usually find the MAC address printed on the device.
MAC filtering
A method of limiting access to your wireless network by specifying which MAC
addresses may communicate on the network. This setting may be specified on
wireless routers or access points.
network adapter/card
A device that lets computers or printers talk to each other over a network
network hub
A device that connects multiple devices on a wired network
network name
See “SSID (Service Set Identifier)” on page 278
ping
A test to see if your computer can communicate with another device
printer nickname
The name you assign to your printer so that you and others can identify it on
the network
Networking glossary
277
router
A device that shares a single Internet connection with multiple computers or
other devices. The basic router controls network traffic.
security key
A password, such as a WEP key or a WPA pass phrase, used to make a network
secure
signal strength
Measure of how strongly a transmitted signal is being received
SSID (Service Set Identifier)
The name of a wireless network. When you connect a printer to a wireless
network, the printer needs to use the same SSID as the network. Also referred
to as network name or BSS (Basic Service Set).
Static IP address
An IP address assigned manually by you
switch
A device similar to a network hub that can connect different networks together
UAA (Universally Administered
Address)
An address assigned to a network printer or print server by the manufacturer.
To find the UAA, print a network setup page and look for the UAA listing.
USB cable
A lightweight, flexible cable that lets the printer communicate with the
computer at much higher speeds than parallel cables
USB port
A small, rectangular port on the back of the computer that connects the
peripheral devices using a USB cable, and lets them communicate at high
speeds
WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy)
A security setting that helps prevent unauthorized access to a wireless network.
Other possible security settings are WPA and WPA2.
wireless access point
A device that connects wireless devices together to form a wireless network
wireless router
A router that also serves as a wireless access point
Wi-Fi
An industry term that describes the technology used to create an interoperable
wireless local area network (WLAN).
WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)
A security setting that helps prevent unauthorized access to a wireless network.
WPA is not supported on ad hoc wireless networks. Other possible security
settings are WEP and WPA2.
WPA2
A newer version of WPA. Older routers are less likely to support this. Other
possible security settings are WPA and WEP.
Networking glossary
278
Index
A
ad hoc wireless network
adding a printer using
Windows 64
creating using Windows 62
adding contact to phone book 173
adjusting brightness
automatically 122, 124
adjusting the hue of a photo 124
adjusting the saturation of a
photo 124
Advanced tab 90
aligning print cartridges 181
alignment error 250
answering machine
receiving a fax with 157
assigning IP address 55
Auto Answer 156
Automatic Document Feeder
loading documents 88
paper capacity 88
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) 22
output tray 22
paper guide 22
tray 22
B
banner paper jams 229
banner paper, loading 79
banner, printing 100
bidirectional communication,
establishing 222
black ink low 251
blank or incorrect page prints 209
blocking host fax settings 167
Bluetooth
adapter, inserting 108, 110
changing default settings 111
printing using 110
setting mode 109
Bluetooth Default Settings
menu 111
blurring photo 122
booklet, assembling 99
booklets
printing 98
box contents 21
Brightness
automatic adjustment 124
Brightness / Contrast setting
changing 124
brightness, adjusting
automatically 122
broadcast fax, sending
at a scheduled time 155
immediately 152
buttons, control panel
Back 39
Cancel 39
Down arrow 39
keypad 39
Left arrow 39
Menu 39
Pause 39
Power 39
Right arrow 39
Select 39
Start 39
Up arrow 39
C
cable is not connected, is loose, or is
damaged 218
Caller ID not displayed 245
Caller ID, using 157, 171
calling card
using when setting up Speed
Dial 174
using while listening to call 154
using with On Hook dial
feature 154
using with the Fax Setup
Utility 175
camera
connecting 128
can receive but not send fax 242
can send but not receive fax 241
canceling
copy job 141
scan job 147
canceling print jobs 96
cannot print from a
Bluetooth-enabled device 223
cannot print from a flash drive 234
cannot print from digital camera
using PictBridge 223
cannot scan to computer over
network 239
cannot send or receive fax 239
cards
capacity for Tray 2 84
loading 77
loading in Tray 2 84
memory card 112
printing 97
carrier jam error 252
cartridge error 251
cartridge missing error 257
cartridges, print
aligning 181
cleaning 182
installing 178
ordering 185
preserving 183
removing 180
using genuine Lexmark 180
wiping 182
CD
printing photos from 130
transferring selected photos using
the computer 117
changing
temporary files preferences 118
changing default settings
copy 134
scan 143
changing e-mail screen
preferences 150
changing gamma value of a photo
or image 124
changing library preferences 119
changing scan settings 149
changing searched folders
preferences 119
changing temporary files
preferences 118
changing transfer settings 119
changing wireless settings after
installation (Windows) 61
characters on printout are missing
or unexpected 209
checking external devices 218
Index
279
checking printer ports
(Windows) 200
checking printer readiness 215
checking your network name
(Windows) 200
cleaning
exterior of the printer 184
cleaning print cartridge
nozzles 182
collating copies 93, 138
color effects
applying 125
color ink low 251
colors on paper do not match colors
on the screen 210
communication not available
error 257
communication problems
establishing bidirectional
communication 222
configuring network printer 69
connecting
using RJ11 adapter 35
connecting printer directly to a
computer
for Windows 67
connecting the printer to
answering machine 32
computer modem 34
computer with USB cable
(Windows) 67
telephone 31
telephone wall jack 29
telephone wall jack in
Germany 30
contents, box 21
contrast, applying to photos 123
control panel 22
adjusting display 45
Bluetooth Default Settings
menu 111
Copy Mode menu 133
display 39
Fax Mode menu 159
Fax Setup menu 159
installing another language 44
Maintenance menu 178
navigating menus 45
Network Setup menu 54
Paper Handling menu 85
Photo Card Mode menu 114
Photo Default Settings menu 115
Photo Edit Mode menu 120
PictBridge Default Print Settings
menu 115
Print Files Mode menu 107
Printer Default Settings
menu 105
saving settings 108
Scan Mode menu 142
Setup menu 46
Wi-Fi indicator light 39
control panel display, adjusting 45
conversion error 249
conversion failed 250
copied item does not match original
item 236
copier does not respond 235
copy job
canceling 141
Copy Mode menu 133
copy quality, adjusting 137
copy troubleshooting
copied item does not match
original item 236
copier does not respond 235
partial document or photo
copies 236
poor copy quality 235
scanner unit does not close 235
copying 133
adjusting quality 137
changing default settings 134
cloning an image 139
collating copies 138
customizing settings 133
enlarging an image 140
making a color or black-and-white
copy 135
making a copy 133
making a copy lighter or
darker 138
multiple pages on one sheet 140
N-up 140
on both sides of the paper
(duplexing) 135
photo using the computer 136
photos 136
reducing an image 140
repeating an image 139
could not detect a proof sheet 254
cover open 252
cover page
changing user information 177
creating and viewing
slideshow 132
creating fax cover page
from the control panel 166
using the Fax Setup Utility 175
cropping
photo 121
customizing settings
copy 133
fax 159
Fax Setup Utility 175
paper handling 85
printer 105
printing photos 115
scan 142
custom-size paper, loading 78
custom-size paper, printing 99
D
default settings
saving 45
shown with asterisk 45
using 45
defaults
resetting factory defaults 107
resetting printer software to
factory defaults 106
defaults, changing
Photo Card Mode menu 114
Photo Edit Mode menu 120
Print Files Mode menu 107
Scan Mode menu 142
descreening 125, 149
despeckling a photo 124
digital camera
printing photos using the
computer 130
distinctive ring patterns 164, 173
documents
attaching to e-mail 150
faxing using the control
panel 152
faxing using the software 169
loading into Automatic Document
Feeder 88
loading on scanner glass 86
printing 90
printing from memory card or flash
drive 95
scanning images for editing 144
scanning in color or black and
white 146
Index
280
scanning text for editing 144
scanning using the
computer 144
scanning using the control
panel 142
duplex unit 22
does not operate correctly 225
duplexing 135
automatically 103
extending drying time 103
manually 104
understanding 102
E
editing
document text (OCR) 144
photos using control panel 119
scanned images 144
emission
notices 262, 263, 264, 266
Enhancements tab
blur 122
enhance 123
hue 124
saturation 124
selecting color effect 125
sharpen 122
enhancing photo 123
enhancing photo print quality 123
enlarging an image 140
envelopes
capacity for Tray 1 73
loading 73, 74
printing 97
error 1104 252
error 1205 252
error 1206 252
error messages
alignment error 250
black ink low 251
cartridge error 251
cartridge missing 257
clear carrier jam 252
clearing 256
color ink low 251
communication not available 257
could not detect a proof
sheet 254
error 1104 252
error 1205 252
error 1206 252
failed to connect 247
fax error 245
Fax Solutions Software print driver
not installed 260
general printing problem 257
ink low 257
Invalid Device 259
left cartridge error 252
left cartridge incorrect 253
left cartridge missing 253
memory full 253
no answer 249
no proof sheet information 254
no TWAIN detected 259
no valid photo image files
detected 254
out of memory 258
paper load error 255
paper or photo size error 254
paper out 259
paper tray removed error 255
phone line busy 246
phone line error 247
photo ink low 251
PictBridge communication
error 254
please remove the camera
card 255
printing failure 258
problem reading memory
card 255
proof sheet error 255
remote fax error 245
right cartridge error 252
right cartridge incorrect 253
right cartridge missing 253
select TWAIN driver 260
some photos removed from card
by host 255
two-sided printing not supported
on current paper size 225
two-sided printing not supported
on current paper type 225
unsupported fax mode 248
unsupported file types found on
memory card 258
unsupported paper size 248
unsupported paper size / type
(duplex error) 225
error messages troubleshooting
cover open error 252
paper jam 258
paper mismatch 256
paper size/type error 254
print file error 259
printer carrier stall 255
Ethernet networking
for Windows 61
Ethernet port 22
Exposure
changing setting 125
EXT port 22
extend dry time
option 102, 103, 207
exterior of the printer
cleaning 184
external devices
checking 218
e-mail
attaching a scanned image 150
attaching files 149
scanning documents or images
for 150
e-mail screen preferences
changing 150
F
factory default settings
resetting internal print server 69
resetting printer software 106
factory default settings, resetting
to 107
faded colors 210
failed to connect error
message 247
fax
activity reports 166, 177
Auto Answer 156
confirmation reports 177
customizing settings 175
forwarding 158, 172
receiving automatically 156, 170
receiving manually 156
setting a manual answer
code 171
two-sided printing 158
fax cover page
changing information on 177
creating from the control
panel 166
creating using the Fax Setup
Utility 175
fax error 245
fax footer, setting up 166
Fax Mode menu 159
Index
281
fax settings
blocking unwanted changes 167
changing using Fax Solutions
Software 169
Fax Settings List, printing 167
Fax Setup menu 159
Fax Setup Utility
Cover Page tab 175
customizing settings 175
Dialing and Sending tab 176
Fax Printing / Reports tab 176
Ringing and Answering tab 176
Speed Dial tab 176
understanding 48
using 175
Fax Solutions Software
print driver not installed 260
understanding 48
using 169
fax troubleshooting
Caller ID not displayed 245
can receive but not send fax 242
can send but not receive fax 241
cannot send or receive fax 239
conversion error 249
conversion failed 250
printer receives blank fax 243
received fax has poor print
quality 244
faxing
adding fax groups to Speed
Dial 174
adding numbers to Speed
Dial 174
Auto Answer 156
blocking unwanted
faxes 167, 177
changing settings 159
choosing a fax connection 28
cover page, creating from control
panel 166
customizing settings 159
entering a fax number 152
printing on both sides of the
paper 158
sending a broadcast fax at a
scheduled time 155
sending a broadcast fax
immediately 152
sending using the control
panel 152
sending while behind a
PBX 38, 165
setting number of rings before
automatic answering 165, 174
setting up dialing prefix 164, 173
using Caller ID 157
using digital telephone
service 39
using DSL 39
using Fax feature without a
computer 39
using Fax Solutions Software 169
using Group Search 152
using ISDN 39
using Name Search 152
using Phone Number Search 152
using the control panel 152
using the software 169
while listening to call 154
faxing without a computer
setup instructions 39
FCC notices 262, 267
files
attaching to e-mail message 149
finding
information 15
MAC address 56
publications 15
Web site 15
flash drive
inserting 113
printing files from 95
printing photos using the
computer 130
printing photos using the proof
sheet 127
transferring selected photos using
the computer 117
flash fill 123
fonts
resolving problems 216
forwarding a fax 158, 172
G
gamma value
changing 124
general printing problem
error 257
glossy paper
capacity for Tray 1 73
capacity for Tray 2 84
loading 73
loading in Tray 2 84
glossy photo paper or
transparencies stick together 210
greeting cards
loading 77
printing 97
Group Dial
setting up 174
using the phone book 163
Group Search
using when faxing 153
H
heavyweight matte paper
capacity for Tray 1 73
capacity for Tray 2 84
I
Image Enhancement tab 90, 123
image, changing gamma
value 124
images, e-mailing 150
improving print quality 181, 203
incorrect language appears on
display 187
index cards
loading 77
printing 97
information needed for setting up
printer on wireless network 59
information, finding 15
ink levels seem incorrect 208
ink levels seem to go down
quickly 209
ink levels, checking 178
ink low error 257
ink smudges when two-sided
printing 207
inserting
Bluetooth adapter 108, 110
flash drives 113
memory cards 112
installation cable 61
installing
network printer 55
print cartridges 178
printer software 47, 191
Tray 2 (optional) 26
installing printer
on wired network (Windows) 61
Index
282
on wireless network
(Windows) 59
installing printer on other
computers 57
installing printer on wired network
(Windows) 61
internal print server
resetting to factory default
settings 69
Invalid Device 259
IP address, assigning 55
iron-on transfers, loading 78
iron-on transfers, printing 100
J
jams and misfeeds troubleshooting
banner paper jams 229
paper jam in small media
feeder 232
paper jam in the Automatic
Document Feeder 226
paper jam in the duplex unit 230
paper jam in the printer 226
paper jam in Tray1 or Tray2 231
paper or specialty media
misfeeds 227
printer does not feed paper,
envelopes, or specialty
media 228
junk faxes, blocking 167, 177
L
labels, loading 77
language
changing 187
last page first 94
left cartridge error 252
left cartridge incorrect 253
left cartridge missing 253
letterhead paper
capacity for Tray 1 73
loading 73
Lexmark Productivity Studio
creating and viewing
slideshow 132
library preferences
changing 119
LINE port 22
loading
banner paper 79
cards 77
cards in small media feeder 79
custom-size paper 78
documents into the Automatic
Document Feeder 88
documents on the scanner
glass 86
envelopes in small media
feeder 79
envelopes in Tray 1 74
greeting cards 77
index cards 77
iron-on transfers 78
labels 77
paper in Tray 1 70
paper in Tray 2 80
photo cards 77
photo cards in Tray 1 74
photos on the scanner glass 86
postcards 77
transparencies 78
M
MAC address, finding 56
magazine articles, loading on the
scanner glass 86
Maintenance menu 178
maintenance tasks,
performing 178
memory card
inserting 112
printing files from 95
printing photos using the
computer 130
printing photos using the proof
sheet 127
transferring all photos using the
computer 116
transferring selected photos using
the computer 117
memory card cannot be
inserted 233
memory card slots 22
memory card troubleshooting
memory card cannot be
inserted 233
nothing happens when memory
card is inserted 233
memory full error message 253
menus, control panel 45
moire patterns, removing from
scanned images 125
moving the printer
precautions 184
removing from Tray 2 base 184
N
Name Search
using when faxing 153
network adapters
using 62
network printer
configuring 69
installing 55
network scanning 147
Network Setup menu 54
network setup page, printing 57
network troubleshooting
printer cannot be found on
network 197
printer is no longer working
(Windows) 198
networking 52
IP addresses 56
methods for 52
printing a network setup page 57
switching from USB connection to
wired (Ethernet) network
connection (Windows) 66
switching from USB connection to
wireless connection
(Windows) 65
switching from wired (Ethernet)
connection to USB connection
(Windows) 66
switching from wired (Ethernet)
connection to wireless
connection 64
switching from wireless
connection to USB connection
(Windows) 65
switching from wireless
connection to wired (Ethernet)
connection 64
networking overview 50
newspapers, loading on the scanner
glass 86
no answer error message 249
no proof sheet information
error 254
no TWAIN detected 259
no valid photo image files
detected 254
noise emission levels 266
Index
283
nothing happens when memory
card is inserted 233
notices 262, 263, 264, 266, 267,
268, 269, 270, 271
N-up
copying 140
N-up feature 94
O
OCR, editing document text 144
On Hook Dial
using 152
On Hook Dial feature 154
One-Click Auto Fixes for
photos 122
ordering paper and other
supplies 185
out of memory error 258
P
page does not print 189
page prints with different
fonts 211
paper
capacities for Tray 1 73
capacities for Tray 2 84
choosing specialty 96
loading in Tray 1 70
loading in Tray 2 80
ordering 185
paper continues to jam 229
paper exit tray 22
paper handling
changing settings 85
customizing settings 85
Paper Handling menu 85
paper jam 258
in small media feeder 232
paper jam in the Automatic
Document Feeder 226
paper jam in the duplex unit 230
paper jam in the printer 226
paper jam in Tray1 or Tray2 231
paper load error 255
paper mismatch error 256
paper or photo size error 254
paper or specialty media
misfeeds 227
paper out error 259
paper size/type error 254
paper tray (Tray 1) 22
paper tray removed 255
paper type
choosing automatically 80
partial 4x6in. (10x15cm) photo
prints when using PictBridge 203
partial document or photo
copies 236
partial document or photo
prints 207
partial document or photo
scans 239
parts
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) 22
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) ouput tray 22
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) paper guide 22
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) tray 22
control panel 22
duplex unit 22
Ethernet port 22
EXT port 22
LINE port 22
memory card slots 22
paper exit tray 22
paper tray (Tray 1) 22
PictBridge port 22
power supply port 22
print cartridge carrier 22
scanner glass 22
scanner unit 22
small media feeder 22
top cover 22
USB port 22
wireless printer server,
internal 22
pausing print jobs 96
PDF
creating from a scan 146
phone book (computer)
adding contact 173
using 172
phone book, using 163
phone line busy error
message 246
phone line error 247
Phone Number Search
using when faxing 153
photo
adjusting hue 124
adjusting saturation 124
applying color effect 125
blurring 122
cropping 121
enhancing 123
sharpening 122
Photo Card Mode menu 114
photo cards, loading 74, 77
Photo Default Settings menu 115
Photo Edit Mode menu 120
photo ink low 251
Photo Packages 131
photo paper
capacity for Tray 1 73
capacity for Tray 2 84
loading 73
loading in Tray 2 84
photo scratches 208
photo smudges 208
photo, changing gamma
value 124
photos
adding frames 119
adjusting brightness 119
applying color effects 119
applying One-Click Auto
Fixes 122
changing resolution/size 121
copying photo using the
computer 136
copying photos 136
cropping 119
despeckling 124
editing using control panel 119
enhancing automatically 119
enhancing print quality 123
loading on the scanner glass 86
printing a photo or selected
photos 126
printing all 126
printing from a Web page 91
printing from CD using the
computer 130
printing from digital camera using
DPOF 129
printing from digital camera using
the computer 130
printing from removable storage
device using the computer 130
printing using Bluetooth 110
printing using the proof
sheet 127
Index
284
red-eye reduction 122
removing red-eye effect 119
rotating 119, 121
scanning multiple photos at one
time using computer 145
scanning to Work with Documents
and Photos 145
scratches, preventing 208
smudges, preventing 208
transferring all photos from
memory card using the
computer 116
transferring from memory card to
flash drive 118
transferring from memory device
using control panel 116
transferring selected photos from
CD or flash drive using the
computer 117
transferring selected photos from
memory card using the
computer 117
viewing slideshow on control
panel display 132
photos removed from card by
host 255
PictBridge communication
error 254
PictBridge Default Print Settings
menu 115
PictBridge port 22
PictBridge-enabled camera,
connecting 128
ping the printer (Windows) 201
ping the wireless access point
(Windows) 201
please remove the camera
card 255
poor copy quality 235
poor quality at the edges of the
page 205
poor scanned image quality 238
poor text and graphic quality 204
port setting, checking 192
postcards
loading 77
printing 97
poster, printing 98
posters, printing 97
power button is not lit 187
power supply port 22
preferences, e-mail screen
changing 150
preferences, library
changing 119
preferences, searched folders
changing 119
preferences, temporary files
changing 118
previewing jobs 45
print cartridge
checking 208
print cartridge carrier 22
print cartridge nozzles,
cleaning 182
print cartridges
aligning 181
cleaning 182
installing 178
ordering 185
preserving 183
refilling 180
removing 180
using genuine Lexmark 180
wiping 182
print file error 259
Print Files Mode menu 107
print is too dark or smudged 211
print jobs
canceling 96
print quality, improving 181, 203
print settings
saving and deleting 105
Print Setup tab 90
print speed is slow 206
print troubleshooting
cable disconnected, loose, or
damaged 218
cannot print from a
Bluetooth-enabled device 223
cannot print from a flash
drive 234
duplex unit does not operate
correctly 225
improving print quality 203
ink levels seem incorrect 208
ink levels seem to go down
quickly 209
ink smudges when two-sided
printing 207
partial 4x6in. (10x15cm) photo
prints when using
PictBridge 203
partial document or photo
prints 207
photo scratches 208
photo smudges 208
poor quality at the edges of the
page 205
poor text and graphic quality 204
print is too dark or smudged 211
print speed is slow 206
printer cannot communicate over
peer-to-peer network 219
printer is trying to print to
File 219
Ready or Busy Printing is listed as
status 216
transparencies or photos contain
white lines 212
vertical straight lines are not
smooth 213
white lines appear in graphics or
black areas 214
printed characters are improperly
formed or not aligned 211
printer
no communication 221
sharing 68
sharing in Windows 68
printer cannot be found on
network 197
printer cannot communicate over
peer-to-peer network 219
printer cannot connect to wireless
network 193
printer carrier stall 255
Printer Default Settings menu 105
printer does not feed paper,
envelopes, or specialty media 228
printer is no longer working
(Windows) 198
printer is trying to print to File 219
printer plugged in but does not
print 219
printer receives blank fax 243
printer settings
changing 105
customizing 105
printer software
installing 47
reinstalling 191
removing 191
updating 222
printer status, checking 214
Index
285
printing
all photos 126
banner 100
blocked fax list 167
booklets 98
cards 97
collated copies 93
custom-size paper 99
document 90
envelopes 97
files from memory card or flash
drive 95
greeting cards 97
index cards 97
iron-on transfers 100
last page first 94
multiple copies, hard copy
document 92
multiple copies, soft copy
document 92
multiple pages on one sheet 94
network setup page 57
on both sides of the
paper 102, 103, 104
photo or selected photos 126
Photo Packages 131
photos from CD using the
computer 130
photos from digital camera using
DPOF 129
photos from digital camera using
the computer 130
photos from Productivity
Studio 130
photos from removable storage
device using the computer 130
photos from the Productivity
Studio 130
photos using the proof sheet 127
postcards 97
poster 98
posters 97
reverse page order 94
test page 217
transparencies 100
two-sided 102, 103, 104
two-sided fax 158
Web page 91
Web page, photos only 91
printing failure error 258
printing manual duplex 225
printing photos
changing settings 115
customizing settings 115
Printing Preferences
Advanced tab 90
Image Enhancement tab 90
Print Setup tab 90
tabs 90
understanding 48
Watermark tab 90
printouts have alternating bands of
light and dark print 212
problem reading memory card
error 255
problems when copying, scanning,
or faxing 221
Productivity Studio
changing scan settings 149
opening 48
printing photos 130
understanding 48
viewing photos 130
proof sheet error 255
proof sheet, using 127
publications, finding 15
R
Ready or Busy Printing is listed as
status 216
received fax has poor print
quality 244
receiving a fax
automatically 156, 170
fax forwarding 158, 172
manually 156
using an answering machine 157
recycling
WEEE statement 266
reducing an image 140
red-eye
automatic reduction 122
manual reduction 122
refilling print cartridges 180
remote fax error 245
removing an external device 218
removing print cartridges 180
removing printer from Tray 2
base 184
repeating an image 139
reports
fax activity 177
fax confirmation 177
reports, fax activity 166
reverse page order 94
right cartridge error 252
right cartridge incorrect 253
right cartridge missing 253
ring patterns, setting 164, 173
RJ11 adapter, using 35
rotating photo 121
run the Wireless Configuration
Utility 202
S
safety information 20
saving and deleting print
settings 105
scan and edit text 144
Scan Enhancements tab
Brightness / Contrast 124
Brightness / Contrast setting 124
Exposure setting 125
Scan Mode menu 142
scan settings
changing 149
scan troubleshooting
cannot scan to computer over
network 239
partial document or photo
scans 239
poor scanned image quality 238
scan was not successful 237
scanner does not respond 237
scanning takes too long or freezes
the computer 238
scan was not successful 237
scanned image
attaching to e-mail message 150
saving 148
scanner does not respond 237
scanner glass 22
cleaning 184
loading documents 86
maximum scan area 86
scanner unit 22
scanner unit does not close 235
scanning
canceling a scan 147
changing default settings 143
creating a PDF from a scan 146
customizing settings 142
customizing settings using
computer 147
Index
286
documents or images for
e-mailing 150
editing images 144
editing text 144
from magazines and
newspapers 125, 149
in color or black and white 146
multiple photos at one time using
computer 145
over a network 147
photo to Work with Documents
and Photos 145
removing wavy (moire)
patterns 125
saving scanned image 148
to computer 147
using the computer 144
using the control panel 142
scanning takes too long or freezes
the computer 238
scratching, preventing in
photos 208
searched folders preferences
changing 119
security information 49
security key, finding 193
security keys 193
security mode, finding 193
select TWAIN driver error
message 260
setting up printer
on Windows operating system 26
on wired network (Windows) 61
on wireless network
(Windows) 59
setting up the printer 53
settings are not saved 215
settings, saving 108
Setup menu 46
Fax Settings List 167
setup troubleshooting
cannot print from digital camera
using PictBridge 223
checking port setting 192
incorrect language appears on
display 187
page does not print 189
power button is not lit 187
software does not install 188
Tray2 does not operate
correctly 192
sharing printer in Windows 68
sharpening photo 122
sharpening photos 123
sideflip 102
slideshow
creating and viewing 132
viewing photos on control panel
display 132
small media feeder 22
loading 79
paper sizes supported 79
using 79
smudging, preventing during
two-sided printing 207
smudging, preventing in
photos 208
softening photos 123
software
Fax Solutions Software 169
removing and reinstalling 191
XPS driver 47
software does not install 188
software settings, printer
resetting to factory defaults 106
Solution Center
understanding 48
Speed Dial
setting up fax groups 174
setting up individual fax
numbers 174
using the phone book 163
supplies, ordering 185
switching between USB connection
and wireless connection
(Windows) 65
switching between wireless
connection and wired (Ethernet)
connection 64
switching from USB connection to
wired (Ethernet) connection
(Windows) 66
switching from wired (Ethernet)
connection to USB connection
(Windows) 66
switching from wired (Ethernet)
connection to wireless
connection 64
switching from wireless connection
to wired (Ethernet) connection 64
T
telecommunication
notices 267, 268, 269
test page
printing 217
test page does not print 217
Toolbar
printing a Web page 91
printing only the photos from a
Web page 91
top cover 22
topflip 102
transfer settings
changing 119
transferring photos
from CD using the computer 117
from flash drive using the
computer 117
from memory card to flash
drive 118
from memory card using the
computer 116, 117
from memory device using control
panel 116
transparencies
capacity for Tray 2 84
loading 78
loading in Tray 2 84
printing 100
transparencies or photos contain
white lines 212
Tray 1
loading envelopes or photo
cards 74
loading paper 70
Tray 2 (optional)
installing 26
loading 80
paper sizes for 80
paper types for 80
removing printer from 184
tray linking
disabling 84
enabling 83
understanding 83
Tray2 does not operate
correctly 192
troubleshooting
blank or incorrect page
prints 209
cartridge missing error 257
characters on printout are missing
or unexpected 209
colors on paper do not match
colors on the screen 210
Index
287
communication not available
error 257
establishing bidirectional
communication 222
external devices, checking 218
faded colors 210
font selections 209
general printing problem
error 257
glossy photo paper or
transparencies stick
together 210
ink low error 257
out of memory error 258
page prints with different
fonts 211
paper continues to jam 229
printed characters are improperly
formed or not aligned 211
printer not communicating with
computer 221
printer plugged in but does not
print 219
printing failure error 258
printouts have alternating bands
of light and dark print 212
problems when copying,
scanning, or faxing 221
removing an external device 218
resolving font problems 216
test page does not print 217
unsupported file types found on
memory card 258
wrong printer attached 221
troubleshooting, copy
copied item does not match
original item 236
copier does not respond 235
partial document or photo
copies 236
poor copy quality 235
scanner unit does not close 235
troubleshooting, error messages
alignment error 250
black ink low 251
cartridge error 251
clear carrier jam 252
color ink low 251
could not detect a proof
sheet 254
cover open 252
error 1104 252
error 1205 252
error 1206 252
failed to connect 247
fax error 245
Fax Solutions Software print driver
not installed 260
Invalid Device 259
left cartridge error 252
left cartridge incorrect 253
left cartridge missing 253
memory full 253
no answer 249
no proof sheet information 254
no TWAIN detected 259
no valid photo image files
detected 254
paper jam 258
paper load error 255
paper mismatch 256
paper or photo size error 254
paper out 259
paper size/type error 254
paper tray removed 255
phone line busy 246
phone line error 247
photo ink low 251
PictBridge communication
error 254
please remove the camera
card 255
print file error 259
printer carrier stall 255
problem reading memory
card 255
proof sheet error 255
remote fax error 245
right cartridge error 252
right cartridge incorrect 253
right cartridge missing 253
select TWAIN driver 260
some photos removed from card
by host 255
two-sided printing not supported
on current paper size 225
two-sided printing not supported
on current paper type 225
unsupported fax mode 248
unsupported paper size 248
unsupported paper size / type
(duplex error) 225
troubleshooting, fax
Caller ID not displayed 245
can receive but not send fax 242
can send but not receive fax 241
cannot send or receive fax 239
conversion error 249
conversion failed 250
printer receives blank fax 243
received fax has poor print
quality 244
troubleshooting, jams and
misfeeds
banner paper jams 229
paper jam in small media
feeder 232
paper jam in the Automatic
Document Feeder 226
paper jam in the duplex unit 230
paper jam in the printer 226
paper or specialty media
misfeeds 227
printer does not feed paper,
envelopes, or specialty
media 228
troubleshooting, memory card
memory card cannot be
inserted 233
nothing happens when memory
card is inserted 233
troubleshooting, network
printer cannot be found on
network 197
printer is no longer working
(Windows) 198
troubleshooting, print
cable disconnected, loose, or
damaged 218
cannot print from a
Bluetooth-enabled device 223
cannot print from a flash
drive 234
duplex unit does not operate
correctly 225
improving print quality 203
ink levels seem incorrect 208
ink levels seem to go down
quickly 209
ink smudges when two-sided
printing 207
partial 4x6in. (10x15cm) photo
prints when using
PictBridge 203
partial document or photo
prints 207
Index
288
photo scratches 208
photo smudges 208
poor quality at the edges of the
page 205
poor text and graphic quality 204
print is too dark or smudged 211
print speed is slow 206
printer cannot communicate over
peer-to-peer network 219
printer is trying to print to
File 219
Ready or Busy Printing is listed as
status 216
transparencies or photos contain
white lines 212
vertical straight lines are not
smooth 213
white lines appear in graphics or
black areas 214
troubleshooting, scan
cannot scan to computer over
network 239
partial document or photo
scans 239
poor scanned image quality 238
scan was not successful 237
scanner does not respond 237
scanning takes too long or freezes
the computer 238
troubleshooting, setup
cannot print from digital camera
using PictBridge 223
checking port setting 192
incorrect language appears on
display 187
page does not print 189
power button is not lit 187
software does not install 188
Tray2 does not operate
correctly 192
troubleshooting, wireless
changing wireless settings after
installation (Windows) 61
checking network name
(Windows) 200
checking printer ports
(Windows) 200
ping printer (Windows) 201
ping wireless access point
(Windows) 201
printer cannot connect to wireless
network (Windows) 193
run Wireless Configuration
Utility 202
Wireless Configuration Utility
cannot communicate with
printer during installation
(Windows) 197
Wi-Fi indicator light is blinking
orange (Windows) 196
Wi-Fi indicator light is still
orange 195
two-sided printing
automatic method 103
extending drying time 103, 207
manual method 104
printing two-sided fax 158
understanding 102
two-sided printing not supported
on current paper size 225
two-sided printing not supported
on current paper type 225
U
unsupported fax mode error
message 248
unsupported file types found on
memory card 258
unsupported paper size / type
(duplex error) 225
unsupported paper size error
message 248
unwanted faxes, blocking 167, 177
updating printer software 222
USB port 22
enabling 192
using RJ11 adapter 35
V
vertical straight lines are not
smooth 213
viewing
photos from Productivity
Studio 130
photos in the Productivity
Studio 130
voice notification
turning on or off 49
W
Watermark tab 90
watermarks
creating 95
printing with 95
Web page
printing 91
printing only the photos 91
Web site
finding 15
white lines appear in graphics or
black areas 214
Windows
connecting printer directly to
computer 67
installing printer on wired network
(Ethernet) 61
installing printer on wireless
network 59
setting up printer 26
switching between USB
connection and wired (Ethernet)
connection 66
switching between USB
connection and wireless
connection 65
wired (Ethernet) networking for
Windows 61
Wireless Configuration Utility
cannot communicate with printer
during installation (Windows) 197
wireless network
adding printer to existing ad hoc
network using Windows 64
common home configurations 50
creating an ad hoc network using
Windows 62
finding security key 193
finding security mode 193
finding type of security 193
information needed for setting up
wireless printing 59
installing printer on
(Windows) 59
security keys 193
signal strength 61
types of wireless networks 58
wireless print server, internal 22
wireless setup
information needed for 59
wireless troubleshooting
changing wireless settings after
installation (Windows) 61
checking network name
(Windows) 200
Index
289
checking printer ports
(Windows) 200
ping printer (Windows) 201
ping wireless access point
(Windows) 201
printer cannot connect to wireless
network (Windows) 193
run Wireless Configuration
Utility 202
Wireless Configuration Utility
cannot communicate with
printer during installation
(Windows) 197
Wi-Fi indicator light is blinking
orange (Windows) 196
Wi-Fi indicator light is still
orange 195
Wi-Fi indicator
description of colors 60
interpreting colors 60
Wi-Fi indicator light is blinking
orange (Windows) 196
Wi-Fi indicator light is still
orange 195
Work with Documents and Photos
scanning a photo to 145
wrong printer attached 221
X
XPS driver
installing 47
Index
290
140


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for Lexmark X 9575 at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of Lexmark X 9575 in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 3,79 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

Others manual(s) of Lexmark X 9575

Lexmark X 9575 User Manual - Dutch - 298 pages


The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info